Instruction Manual
1705A
Spectrum Monitor (SN B040000 and Above)
070-8222-08
Warning
The servicing instructions are for use by qualified
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to
do so. Refer to all safety summaries prior to
performing service.
www.tektronix.com
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Table of Contents
Vertical Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
2-9
Center Frequency Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customizing Frequency Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turning On or Off Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing Readout Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing Readout Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locating Ku-Band Satellites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Operating Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-17
2-17
2-17
Installation
Section 3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mains Frequency and Voltage Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
+18 Volts For Block Down Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabinet Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabinetizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custom Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3--1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-4
3-5
3-8
Theory of Operation
Section 4 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Input Circuits (Diagram 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IF Amplifier Circuits (Diagram 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Generator Circuits (Diagram 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deflection Amplifiers (Diagram 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microprocessor (Diagram 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel (Diagram 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Power Supply (Diagram 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Voltage (Diagram 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Input
4--1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-4
Diagram 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L-Band Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70 MHz Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70 MHz Local Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IF Amplifier
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-5
Diagram 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2nd Local Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Filter, Mixer, and IF Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resolution Filter and Log Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Generator
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
Diagram 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-7
ii
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Table of Contents
Ramp Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain Control (SPAN/DIV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Shapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bright-Up Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z-Axis Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deflection Amplifiers
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-8
4-9
Diagram 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vertical Deflection Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Deflection Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microprocessor
4-9
4-9
4-10
4-10
Diagram 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graticule Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel
4-11
4-11
4-12
4-12
4-12
Diagram 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicators, Controls, and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
+18 Volt Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Power Supply
4-12
4-12
4-13
Diagram 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Rectifier and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Width Modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feedback Transformer Driver and Peak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Under-Voltage Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Voltage Power Supply
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-16
Diagram 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HV Osc and Error Amp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Focus Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grid Drive Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z-Axis Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17
4-17
4-18
4-18
4-18
4-18
Checks and Adjustments
Section 5 Checks And Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended Equipment List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-Form Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long Form Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5--1
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-5
5-17
iii
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Table of Contents
Short-Form Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long Form Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-17
5-18
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- -1
Section 6 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Static-Sensitive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Checks and Readjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAC Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED and Key Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foldout Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major Assembly Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Volts Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Volts Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Obtaining Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Selected Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Disassembly/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bezel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graticule Light Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal of the CRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the CRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal of the Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal of Front-Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the L-Band Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the 70 MHz Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Replacement of the Main Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Replacement of the Power Supply Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the LNB Power Supply Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REPACKAGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6--1
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-7
6-8
6-8
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-10
6-12
6-12
6-13
6-15
6-18
6-18
6-18
6-19
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-21
6-22
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
Options
Section 7 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Upgrade Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORDERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7--1
7-1
7-1
7-2
iv
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Table of Contents
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Section 8 Replaceable Electrical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8--1
8-1
8-1
8-1
8-1
8-1
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-2
Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross Index-Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Column Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component No. (Column 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tektronix Part No. (Column 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial/Assembly No. (Column 3 and 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name and Description (Column 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mfr. Code (Column 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mfr. Part No. (Column 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagrams/Circuit Board Illustrations
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Section 10 Replaceable Mechanical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10--1
10-1
10-1
v
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1-1: 1705A used to locate satellites and determine maximum signal level . . . . . . . . .
1--2
1--9
Figure 1-2: Relationship of a communications satellite to earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-3: Angle A (the difference at a specific latitude between the angle to the sun
and the angle to a satellite) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1--10
1--11
1--12
Figure 1-4: Sample longitudinal map of the Ku-Band satellites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-5: The western spot beam footprint for one Ku-Band satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-6: A computer representation of the 1705A display showing the 12.198 GHz
horizontally polarized telemetry beacon on the SATCOM K2 satellite . . . . . . . .
1--14
Figure 1-7: Transponder assignments for a typical Ku--Band, 16--transponder satellite
that employs alternate polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1--15
1--16
Figure 1-8: Simulation of a 1705A FULL SPAN/DIV display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-9: Up link Video Exciter, Up converter, and High Power Amplifier (HPA) showing
how to hook up a 1705A Spectrum Monitor to look at the Video Exciter output
1--17
1--18
Figure 1-10: 1705A hooked up to look at either the output of the Video Exciter (70 MHz)
or the Receiver Input (L-Band) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-1: 1705A front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-2: 1705A rear panel controls and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-3: 1705A display when powered up in L-BAND and FULL SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-4: 1705A graticule scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-5: Relationship of sweep to graticule showing minimum and maximum frequencies
Figure 2-6: Frequency relationship to horizontal graticule scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-7: Center frequency cursor and readout for the L-Band with FULL SPAN/DIV . . .
Figure 2-8: 1705A CRT with the SCALE turned down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2--2
2--5
2--6
2--7
2--10
2--11
2--12
2--13
Figure 2-9: The setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control can displace the location
of the displayed center frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2--13
2--15
2--16
Figure 2-10: Using the 1705A menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-11: An example of the readout displayed while satellite frequency is being set . . . .
Figure 3-1: L-BAND INPUT connector and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-2: Dimensions of the 1700F00 plain cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-3: 1700F02 portable cabinet dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-4: Cabinet securing screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-5: The WFM7F05 side-by-side rack adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-6: A WFM7F05 with a blank front panel (1700F06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-7: WFM7F05 rack mount cabinet with a 1700F06 utility drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3--2
3--3
3--4
3--5
3--5
3--6
3--7
vi
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Table of Contents
Figure 3-8: Considerations for custom installation of an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3--8
Figure 4-1: 1705A L--Band comb display showing the areas each of the six sweep shaper
variable resistors adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4--8
4--13
4--19
Figure 4-2: Output duty cycle of the pulse width modulator used in the +18 V Power Supply
Figure 4-3: Pinout of the CRT Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5-1: Initial equipment connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5-2: Check time mark graticule alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5-3: Output of the SG503 connected directly to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT . . . . . . .
Figure 5-4: Equipment connections for L--Band checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5-5: Aligning L--Band time markers with the graticule lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5--6
5--8
5--9
5--12
5--13
Figure 5-6: Using the UHF Signal Generator to check L--Band Span/Division, Readout, Gain,
and Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5--14
5--19
Figure 5-7: Adjustment locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5-8: DAC check waveforms used to check Focus, Astigmatism, Geometry, and setting
of the Trace Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5--20
5--21
Figure 5-9: Location of the shorting strap used when adjusting sweep length . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-1: Using the 1705A menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-2: 1705A Test menu, displayed when Test is the Main menu selection . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-3: 1705A CRT display when the NOVRAM Test has been successfully completed
Figure 6-4: 1705A power up error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-5: DAC check waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-6: Circuit board assembly locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-7: Multiple pin connectors used in the 1705A Spectrum Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-8: Bezel securing screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-9: Screws securing the rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-10: Screws securing the front panel board (A2) in place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-11: Screws holding the Main board (A3) and the Tuners (A5 and A6) in place . . . .
Figure 6-12: Removing the Power Supply board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-13: Mounting screws for the LNB Power Supply circuit board, A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-14: Repackaging a 1705A instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6--4
6--5
6--6
6--7
6--8
6--9
6--11
6--20
6--22
6--23
6--24
6--26
6--26
6--27
vii
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 1--1: Spectrum Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1--4
1--5
1--5
1--6
1--6
1--6
Table 1--2: CRT Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1--3: Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1--4: Environmental Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1--5: Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1--6: Certifications and Compliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2--1: dB Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2--2: dBm to mv Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2--3: Azimuth / Elevation Table for 21 CONUS Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2--8
2--9
2--18
Table 3--1: Internal Jumper Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3--2
Table 5--1: Preliminary Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 5--2: Preliminary Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5--6
5--18
Table 6--1: Static Susceptibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6--2: Power Supply Fault Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6--3: Low Volts Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6--4: Control Circuit Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6--5: High Volts Supply Fault Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6--6: High Voltage Oscillator Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6--7: Test Selectable Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6--2
6--12
6--13
6--15
6--16
6--17
6--19
Table 7--1: Power Cord Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7--1
viii
1705A Spectrum Monitor
General Safety Summary
Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to
this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this
product only as specified.
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.
While using this product, you may need to access other parts of the system. Read
the General Safety Summary in other system manuals for warnings and cautions
related to operating the system.
To Avoid Fire or
Personal Injury
Use Proper Power Cord. Use only the power cord specified for this product and
certified for the country of use.
Connect and Disconnect Properly. Do not connect or disconnect probes or test
leads while they are connected to a voltage source.
Ground the Product. This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
of the power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding conductor must be
connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the input or output
terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly grounded.
Observe All Terminal Ratings. To avoid fire or shock hazard, observe all ratings
and markings on the product. Consult the product manual for further ratings
information before making connections to the product.
Connect the ground lead of the probe to earth ground only.
Do not apply a potential to any terminal, including the common terminal, that
exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal.
Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels
removed.
Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.
Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components
when power is present.
Wear Eye Protection. Wear eye protection if exposure to high-intensity rays or
laser radiation exists.
Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this
product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.
Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.
Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry.
ix
1705A Spectrum Monitor
General Safety Summary
Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for
details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.
Symbols and Terms
Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:
WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result
in injury or loss of life.
CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in
damage to this product or other property.
Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:
DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product.
Symbols on the Product. The following symbols may appear on the product:
Double
Insulated
Protective Ground
(Earth) Terminal
CAUTION
Refer to Manual
WARNING
High Voltage
Not suitable for
connection to
the public telecom-
munications network
x
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Service Safety Summary
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. Read this Service
Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service
procedures.
Do Not Service Alone. Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this
product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is
present.
Disconnect Power. To avoid electric shock, switch off the instrument power, then
disconnect the power cord from the mains power.
Use Caution When Servicing the CRT. To avoid electric shock or injury, use
extreme caution when handling the CRT. Only qualified personnel familiar with
CRT servicing procedures and precautions should remove or install the CRT.
CRTs retain hazardous voltages for long periods of time after power is turned off.
Before attempting any servicing, discharge the CRT by shorting the anode to
chassis ground. When discharging the CRT, connect the discharge path to ground
and then the anode. Rough handling may cause the CRT to implode. Do not nick
or scratch the glass or subject it to undue pressure when removing or installing it.
When handling the CRT, wear safety goggles and heavy gloves for protection.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On. Dangerous voltages or currents may
exist in this product. Disconnect power, remove battery (if applicable), and
disconnect test leads before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing
components.
To avoid electric shock, do not touch exposed connections.
X-Radiation. To avoid x-radiation exposure, do not modify or otherwise alter the
high-voltage circuitry or the CRT enclosure. X-ray emissions generated within
this product have been sufficiently shielded.
xi
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Service Safety Summary
xii
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Preface
The information in this manual is intended for instrument operators and service
technicians. Operators are assumed to befamiliar with basic television terms and
measurements. Qualified service technicians are also assumed to be familiar with
television terms and measurements, and have moderate experience with analog
and logic circuits.
The manual is divided into two parts: Operator’s Information and Service
Information. The Operator’s Information is useful to both operators and service
technicians. The Service Information is intended only for qualified service
technicians.
Section 1, Introduction
Section 1, Introduction, includes a general description of the instrument followed
by the Specifications. The Specifications include references to the correspond-
ing Performance check steps.
Section 2, Operating Instructions, familiarizes the user with the front-- and
rear--panel controls, connectors, and indicators; includes an operator’s check-out
procedure; and includes other operator familiarization information.
Section 2, Operating
Instructions
Section 3, Installation, includes electrical and mechanical installation informa-
tion. The electrical installation information includes adjustments and operational
changes available with the instrument. The mechanical installation information
includes rackmounting, custom installation, and portable use.
Section 3, Installation
Section 4, Theory of
Operation
Section 4, Theory of Operation, provides an over-all block diagram description and
detailed circuit descriptions. Read the block diagram description for an overview of the
instrument. The detailed circuit descriptions should be used with the block diagram and
schematic diagrams in the foldout pages for specific information about individual
circuits.
Section 5, Checks and
Adjustments
Section 5, Checks and Adjustments, includes the Performance Check Procedure and the
Adjustment Procedure. The Performance Check Procedure is used to verify that the
instrument’s performance is within its specifications, and the Adjustment Procedure is
used to adjust the instrument to meet its specifications. The procedures are preceded by
a list of recommended test equipment. Each procedure has a short form listing of the
individual steps.
Section 6, Maintenance
Section 6, Maintenance, includes preventive, troubleshooting, and corrective
information.
xiii
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Preface
Section 7, Options
Section 7, Options, documents instrument options. The information in this
section summarizes the options. Additional details are included in appro-priate
places throughout the manual.
Section 8, Replaceable
Electrical Parts
Section 8, Replaceable Electrical Parts, includes order information and part
numbers for all replaceable electrical parts.
Section 9, Diagrams
Section 9, Diagrams, contains servicing illustra-tions. These include adjustment
locations, circuit board part locations, a block diagram, and schematic diagrams.
Parts locating tables are included that cross--reference the circuit board illustra-
tions to the schematic diagrams.
Section 10, Replaceable
Mechanical Parts
Section 10, Replaceable Mechanical Parts, includes ordering information and
part numbers for all replaceable mechanical parts. This parts list is referenced to
an exploded view mechanical drawing. Also included are lists of accessories and
optional accessories.
xiv
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Preface
Contacting Tektronix
Phone
1-800-833-9200*
Address
Tektronix, Inc.
Department or name (if known)
14200 SW Karl Braun Drive
P.O. Box 500
Beaverton, OR 97077
USA
Web site
www.tektronix.com
Sales support
Service support
Technical support
1-800-833-9200, select option 1*
1-800-833-9200, select option 2*
Email: [email protected]
1-800-833-9200, select option 3*
6:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. Pacific time
*
This phone number is toll free in North America. After office hours, please leave a
voice mail message.
Outside North America, contact a Tektronix sales office or distributor; see the
Tektronix web site for a list of offices.
xv
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Preface
xvi
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
Section 1
Introduction
The TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is an 8½” wide by 5¼” high
special purpose spectrum analyzer. It weighs approximately 8½ pounds and is
powered from an ac source. The crt occupies approximately two-thirds of the
front-panel area, with the control panel taking up the remainder of the space.
Operation is controlled by a microprocessor that polls the front-panel switches.
Front-panel switches are of the momentary touch type with lighted functional
indicators. In addition to polling the front panel, the microprocessor provides
the characters for an alphanumeric crt readout.
The signal is displayed on a bright crt. It is of the mesh type, for better
geometry, and uses an internal graticule to reduce parallax. Variable graticule
scale illumination provides even lighting over the usable graticule area to
improve measurement accuracy and the quality of display photographs.
The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is a swept front-end superheterodyne-type
spectrum analyzer with two inputs; L--Band to accommodate Low-Noise
Amplifier/Block Down Converter (LNB) outputs, and 70 MHz for use with
Video Exciters. The L--Band input (950 to 1800 MHz) is through an F-type
connector, while the 70 MHz input is through a standard bnc connector. The
L--BAND INPUT connector is the output for the selectable 18 V supply that is
the Block Down Converter auxiliary power.
Typical Configurations
The TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is designed primarily for use in
locating satellites and monitoring their signals. It is designed so that it can be
rack mounted, in a dual-width rack adapter, along with a half-rack waveform
monitor, such as a TEKTRONIX 1740-Series Waveform/Vector Monitor.
However, it can be used as a portable instrument. It is intended to be connected
to the rf feed with a directional connector. See Figure 1-1. It is capable of
providing the dc power required to run an LNB. The auxiliary LNB power is
turned on or off by a rear-panel slide switch. An indicator on the rear panel
lights when the +18 V supply is operating normally.
1-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
1705A
SPECTRUM MONITOR
LOW-NOISE AMPLIFIER/
BLOCK DOWN CONVERTER
RECEIVER
Figure 1-1: 1705A used to locate satellites and determine maximum signal level
Options
The only options currently available for the 1705A Spectrum Monitor are the
power plug options described in Section 7 (Options). If no power cord options
are ordered, instruments are shipped with the North American 125 V power cord
and one replacement fuse.
Accessories
Standard Accessories
1 Manual, Instruction
1 Adapter, F--type Male connector to BNC female connector
1 Power Cord, with the correct plug for the selected power plug option
1 Replacement Cartridge Fuse (correct rating for the power plug option)
3 Replacement Scale Illumination Bulbs (Tektronix P/N 150-0168-00 or ANSI
#73)
1-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
Optional Accessories
Camera, C9 (Option 20)
Viewing Hood (016-0475-00)
Front Panel Cover (200-3897-01)
1700F00, Plain Cabinet (painted silver grey)
1700F02, Portable Cabinet (painted silver grey with handle, feet, and front
cover)
1700F05, Side-by-Side Rack Adapter
1700F06, Blank Half-Rack Width Panel
1700F07, Utility Drawer
Safety Information
The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is intended to operate from an ac power source
that will not apply more than 250 V rms between the supply conductors or
between either supply conductor and ground. A protective ground connection,
by way of the grounding conductor, is essential for safe operation.
The instrument was tested for compliance in a cabinet. To ensure continued
compliance, the instrument will need to be enclosed in a cabinet that is equiva-
lent to those listed as Optional Accessories for the 1705A. A drawing of the
1700F00 plain cabinet is contained in the Installation Instructions (Section 3).
1-3
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
Table 1-1: Spectrum Display
Performance
Requirements
Check
Step
Characteristic
Frequency Range
Supplemental Information
F---type connector
L --- B a n d
70 MHz
950 to 1800 MHz
45 to 100 MHz
Bnc connector
Frequency Span
L --- B a n d
10 Horiz. Div. Equals:
1000 MHz
100 MHz
11
Full
10 MHz/Division
1 MHz/Division
100 kHz/Division
10 MHz
1 MHz
70 MHz
10 Horiz. Div. Equals:
50 MHz
5
Full
1 MHz/Division
100 kHz/Division
10 MHz
1 MHz
Span/Div Accuracy
Typically 0.5 minor Division.
4, 5, 10, 11
Brightup offset by 1 Division in FULL 11
SPAN/DIV should still come on screen
in the next magnified position.
Flatness
L---Band 5 dB.
70 MHz 2 dB.
from center (1400 MHz).
from center (70 MHz).
12,
7
Maximum Signal Input
L --- B a n d : --- 3 0 d B m ,
75Ω. 70 MHz:
---20 dBm, 75Ω..
Minimum Signal Input
--- 8 0 d B m .
Relative Amplitude Accuracy
L---Band (only)
3 dB/100 MHz.
Typically 1 dB /100 MHz.
12
Sweep Length
Sweep Speed
4
¶12 Divisions all SPANS/DIV settings.
Typically 20 --- 200 ms.
9
Positioning Range
Vertical
13
+ and ---3 Divisions.
+ and ---2 Divisions.
Horizontal
Displayed Frequencies in FULL
SPAN/DIV
Left Grat. Mid Grat. Right Grat.
Edge
900
45
Line
1400
70
Edge
1900
95
L---BAND (900 --- 1900 MHz)
70 MHz (45 --- 100 MHz)
11
5
Frequency Readout
Center Frequency shown by time
sharing graphic readout. Exact posi-
tion on the trace of the center frequen- 11
cy shown by a caret in all spans except
FULL.
1-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
Table 1-1: Spectrum Display (Cont.)
Performance
Requirements
Check
Step
Characteristic
Supplemental Information
Frequency Bright Up
Marker Registration
Full Span has bright up and frequency
readout (without cursor). Bright-up
area will be on screen in at least the
next narrower span.
5
Readout Accuracy
L---Band 20 MHz.
70 MHz 2 MHz
Typically 10 MHz.
Typically 1 MHz.
11
5
Resolution
6 dB Down
300 kHz
300 kHz 1 Division at 100 kHz
Span/Div.
6
6
10 kHz
<2 minor Divisions at 100 kHz Span/
Div.
Video Filter
8
3
Reduces Video bandwidth to ¶10 kHz.
Low Noise Amplifier/Block Down +18 Vdc 5%. 250
Converter dc Supply (LNB Power) mA max.
Output through L---BAND input
connector, switched on and off by
rear-panel slide switch. LED indicator
on rear panel.
2 dB Gain Accuracy
<3 dB/Division at ---50 dBm.
14
¶2 dB/Division.
Table 1-2: CRT Display
Performance
Requirements
Check
Step
Characteristic
Crt Viewing Area
Supplemental Information
80 X 100 mm.
Accelerating Potential
Trace Rotation Range
13.75 kV.
Greater than 1˚
from horizontal.
Total adjustment range is typically 8˚.
Graticule
Internal 8 X 10 Division spectrum
analyzer graticule with variable SCALE
illumination.
Table 1-3: Power Source
Performance
Requirements
Check
Step
Characteristic
Mains Voltage Range
Mains Frequency Range
Power Consumption
Supplemental Information
90---250 V.
Continuous range from 90 to 250 Vac.
2
48 Hz to 66 Hz.
35 Watts (120 BTU/HR) maximum.
1-5
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
Table 1-4: Environmental Characteristics
Characteristic
Supplemental Information
Temperature
Non-Operating
Operating
--- 5 5 ˚C to +75˚C.
0˚C to +50˚C.
Altitude
Non-Operating
Operating
To 50,000 feet (15,000 meters).
To 15,000 feet (4,800 meters).
Vibration --- Operating
15 minutes each axis at 0.015”, frequency varied from 10---55---10 Hz in 1-minute
cycles with instrument secured to vibration platform. Ten minutes each axis at
any resonant point or at 55 Hz if no resonant point is found.
Shock --- Non-Operating
Transportation
Humidity
30 g’s, ½ sine, 11 ms duration, 3 shocks per surface (18 total).
Qualified under NTSC Test Procedure 1A, Category II (30” drop).
Will operate at 95% relative humidity for up to five days.
Table 1-5: Physical Characteristics
Characteristic
Supplemental Information
Dimensions
Height
5 1/4 inches (133.4 mm).
8 1/2 inches (215.9 mm).
18 1/8 inches (460.4 mm).
Width
Length
Weight
Approximately 8.5 lbs (approximately 3.8 kg).
Table 1-6: Certifications and Compliances
EC Declaration of Conformity -
EMC
Meets intent of Directive 89/336/EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility. Compliance was
demonstrated to the following specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European
Communities:
EN 50081-1 Emissions:
EN 55022
Class B Radiated and Conducted Emissions
EN 50082-1 Immunity:
IEC 801-2
IEC 801-3
IEC 801-4
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
High-quality shielded cables must be used to ensure compliance to the above listed standards.
This product complies when installed into any of the following Tektronix instrument enclosures:
1700F00 Standard Cabinet
1700F02 Portable Cabinet
1700F05 Rack Adapter
An increase of up to 20dB in the displayed noise floor may be observed if this instrument is
operated in electromagnetic fields of 3V/M or more, at frequencies of approximately 130, 250, 350,
or 490 MHz.
1-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Introduction
Table 1-6: Certifications and Compliances (cont.)
FCC Compliance
Emissions comply with FCC Code of Federal Regulations 47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A Limits
Installation (Overvoltage)
Category
Terminals on this product may have different installation (overvoltage) category designations. The
installation categories are:
CAT III Distribution-level mains (usually permanently connected). Equipment at this level is
typically in a fixed industrial location.
CAT II Local-level mains (wall sockets). Equipment at this level includes appliances, portable
tools, and similar products. Equipment is usually cord-connected.
CAT I
Secondary (signal level) or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment.
Pollution Degree
A measure of the contaminates that could occur in the environment around and within a product.
Typically the internal environment inside a product is considered to be the same as the external.
Products should be used only in the environment for which they are rated.
Pollution Degree 1
No pollution or only dry, nonconductive pollution occurs. Products in
this category are generally encapsulated, hermetically sealed, or
located in clean rooms.
Pollution Degree 2
Normally only dry, nonconductive pollution occurs. Occasionally a
temporary conductivity that is caused by condensation must be
expected. This location is a typical office/home environment.
Temporary condensation occurs only when the product is out of
service.
Pollution Degree 3
Pollution Degree 4
Conductive pollution, or dry, nonconductive pollution that becomes
conductive due to condensation. These are sheltered locations where
neither temperature nor humidity is controlled. The area is protected
from direct sunshine, rain, or direct wind.
Pollution that generates persistent conductivity through conductive
dust, rain, or snow. Typical outdoor locations.
Safety Standards
U.S. Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory Listing
UL1244
Standard for electrical and electronic measuring and test equipment.
Canadian Certification
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 231
CSA safety requirements for electrical and electronic measuring and
test equipment.
European Union Compliance Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, amended by 93/69/EEC
EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
Additional Compliance
IEC61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
1-7
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
Table 1-6: Certifications and Compliances (cont.)
Safety Certification Compliance
Temperature, operating
+5 to +40_ C
Altitude (maximum operating) 2000 meters
Equipment Type
Safety Class
Test and measuring
Class 1 (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex H) - grounded product
Overvoltage Category II (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex J)
Overvoltage Category
Pollution Degree
Pollution Degree 2 (as defined in IEC 1010-1). Note: Rated for indoor use only.
1-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
APPLICATIONS
The principal application for the TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is to
provide a convenient method to locate and identify Ku-Band satellites, find the
correct transponder and check on its availability, and optimize antenna position-
ing and polarization. The remainder of this section provides basic satellite
communications application data. Specific operating instructions are located in
Section 2, Operating Instructions.
Locating Satellites
The communications satellites that the television industry is interested in lie in a
band directly over the earth’s equator, at a distance of approximately 35,900 km
(or about 3.7 times the earth’s diameter). Traveling at approximately
11,000 km/h the satellite completes one full orbit in 23 hours, 56 minutes,
4.9 seconds, which is referred to as a sidereal day. When a satellite completes
one orbit in a sidereal day it is geographically stationary (geostationary) to a
point on the earth’s surface. Without being geostationary, using a satellite would
be extremely complicated and the calculations required to determine when they
were in the usable window, and how long they would stay there would, in most
cases, require a computer.
At 35,900 km distance the earth subtends an angle of 18˚, which provides
coverage of approximately 40% of the earth’s surface. See Figure 1-2. Forty
percent (40%) of the earth’s surface corresponds to an area stretching from 70˚
North latitude to 70˚ South latitude. For rough assumptions, a satellite, in
geostationary orbit over the equator, could cover latitudes from the Arctic circle
(66˚ 30’ N) to the Antarctic circle (66˚ 30’ S). However it should be noted that
even though the satellite is capable of covering 40% of the earth’s surface the
actual coverage will be less in most cases because of the antenna design and
available transmitter power.
70° N
18°
70° S
35,900 km
9,675 km
Figure 1-2: Relationship of a communications satellite to earth
Determining the exact angle from the horizon to a satellite (other than at the
equator) requires a knowledge of trigonometry, because of the relatively close
1-9
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
orbit of the satellite. If the orbit of an equatorial orbiting satellite were roughly
equal to the distance from earth to the sun, ordinary latitude could be used to
determine the elevation of the antenna, which is, of necessity, very finely
focused. However since there is a disparity this angle is somewhat less than the
latitude for the earth station. See Figure 1-3. Simple logic readily points out
that as the latitude increases the angle from horizon to the satellite decreases. An
example of this would be that at 45˚ North or South latitude the angle above the
horizon is about 40˚ for a satellite at the earth station’s longitude. Figure 1-3
illustrates why it is not possible to pinpoint a satellite with ordinary navigation.
45° N
SUN
A
00°
(EQUATOR)
SATELLITE
EARTH
Figure 1-3: Angle A (the difference at a specific latitude between the angle to the
sun and the angle to a satellite) is the reason ordinary navigation techniques
cannot be used to find a satellite
Figure 1-4 confirms that the angle from the prime meridian to a satellite will be
considerably different than the angle from a North American or European earth
station to the same satellite. It should also be noted that the elevation also
decreases for a satellite the further east or west from the earth station’s longitude.
Satellite Footprints
Even though a satellite, in theory, can communicate with 40% of the earth’s
surface from its location, in most cases it will not. The antenna systems onboard
the satellites are usually designed to cover a specific area. These areas are
referred to as hemispheres, zones, and spots. A hemispherical beam is designed
to cover roughly 40% of the earth’s surface, for example, the western hemi-
sphere. A zonal beam covers a specific area, for example, the Continental
United States, which is usually referred to as the CONUS beam. A spot beam is
exactly what it implies, concentrating on a smaller geographical area, such as the
western United States. With each of these beams there are areas where the signal
strength is greater. Figure 1-5 shows a propagation map for the western spot
beam for one Ku--Band satellite.
1-10
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
SBS 3
97°
GSTAR A2
103°
GSTAR A1
RCA K2
81°
105°
ANIK B
109°
SPACENET 2
69°
MORELOS 1
113.5°
SPACENET 1
120°
ANIK C2
ASC 1
128°
RCA K1
112.5°
MORELOS 2
85°
116.5°
45°W
SBS 5
135°W
122°
CHICAGO
NEW YORK CITY
LOS ANGELES
HONOLULU
ANCHORAGE
PRIME MERIDIAN
000°
INTERNATIONAL DATELINE
180°
GREENWICH
ENGLAND
NORTH
POLE
ARCTIC
CIRCLE
135°E
45°E
90°E
Figure 1-4: Sample longitudinal map of the Ku-Band satellites of most interest to
news vehicle earth stations on the North American continent and Hawaii
Using the 1705A for Satellite Communication
The 1705A has two separate inputs, one, the L--Band Input, is specifically
designed to work with LNB down converters, which have an output signal range
of 0.95 to 1.80 GHz. This provides a means of looking at the signals from either
Ku or C--Band satellites. The second input is identified as 70 MHz and accepts
signals from 45 to 100 MHz. This second input is primarily designed to work
with the IF frequency of an exciter, but can also be used to look at signals in the
low VHF television band and the FM broadcast band up to 100 MHz.
1-11
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
L-Band Input Signals
At the present time there are numerous satellites in geostationary orbit. The
transponders on each have specific assigned functions, which makes it essential
to accomplish at least four things before illuminating a particular transponder:
1. Locate a satellite.
2. Identify the satellite.
3. Find the transponder and check availability with the satellite operator.
4. Optimize signal strength and polarization.
Once a satellite is located and a particular transponder is identified, the 1705A
frequency readout can be set so that the entire range of transponder frequencies
can be read directly from the 1705A display. As it is shipped from the factory
the 1705A provides a readout in MHz for both bands. However, the 1705A has
several customizing routines that can be used to tailor displays for ease of
operation. In particular the Readout Mode routine provides for frequency offset,
so that the frequency displayed on the crt is the actual frequency of the trans-
ponder down link. The readout can be set to indicate any 1.10 GHz block within
the range of 0.9 GHz to 20 GHz.
VANCOUVER BC
SEATTLE
PORTLAND
HELENA
BOISE
50dBw
47dBw
SAN FRANCISCO
46dBw
44dBw
42dBw
LOS ANGELES
SAN DIEGO
Figure 1-5: The western spot beam footprint for one Ku-Band satellite
1-12
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
Zeroing in on a Satellite
In almost all cases a set procedure for Locating, Identifying, Finding (transpond-
ers), and Optimizing will be followed. The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is a tool
that greatly simplifies the individual steps so the correct satellite transponder can
be accessed in the minimum time.
Locating the Satellite
In most cases the elevation (angle above the horizon) and the true azimuth
(direction east or west to the satellite) of the antenna will be the same as it was
for the previous access of the same satellite. This angle can be found in one of
two ways, calculation or approximation from previous accesses; however, no
matter how the satellite is located the signal path will need to be optimized. In
most cases the approximate location of the satellite is known from previous
transactions and only identification of transponders and signal strength remain to
be dealt with.
Identifying the Satellite
Each of the satellites has one or more singular characteristics. In many cases the
singular characteristics can be easily identified on the spectrum monitor, which
can save valuable setup time. These characteristics can take the form of
telemetry beacons, transponder polarization schemes, or blocks of non-video
signals that stand out. And in a few cases, the easiest method of identification
may be the fact that the satellite is near another satellite that is readily identifi-
able.
Telemetry Beacons. Satellites have special tracking or telemetry beacons that
are easily recognizable on the spectrum monitor. Not only do these assist in
identifying the satellite, but they provide an accurate way to set the frequency
offset to correspond with actual satellite frequencies. Figure 1-6 shows a typical
Ku--Band satellite telemetry beacon. Note that the 1705A readout frequency can
be offset to read the down link frequency in GHz. Similar beacons can be found
on some C--Band satellites also.
1-13
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
REF
--10
Tek
12.20 GHZ
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
+ f
Figure 1-6: A computer representation of the 1705A display showing the 12.198 GHz
horizontally polarized telemetry beacon on the SATCOM K2 satellite (Span/Div set
to 100 kHz with a 10 kHz Resolution filter)
Transponder Polarization. Whether one or two polarizations are used can
often be an easy way to identify a satellite. For example, a satellite with
alternate polarization will have overlapping bandwidths, similar to those
depicted in Figure 1-7. In this example the center frequency of each transponder
down link is given. With the center frequency for each transponder known,
finding the correct transponder and determining its activity is easily accom-
plished with the 1705A Spectrum Monitor.
1-14
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
TRANSPONDER
FREQUENCY AND NUMBER
TRANSPONDER
NUMBER
DOWN LINK
FREQUENCY
11.729GHz
11.788GHz
11.847GHz
11.906GHz
11.965GHz
12.024GHz
12.083GHz
12.142GHz
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
11.7585GHz 11.8175GHz 11.8765GHz 11.9355GHz 11.9945GHz 12.0535GHz 12.1125GHz 12.1715GHz
HORIZONTAL
POLARIZATION
VERTICAL
POLARIZATION
Figure 1-7: Transponder assignments for a typical Ku-Band, 16-transponder satellite that employs alternate
polarization (Not all Ku-Band satellites conform to these frequencies and/or this polarization scheme)
Finding The Correct
Transponder
Once the satellite has been found it will be necessary to find the proper trans-
ponder and determine if it is available. With the 1705A frequency readout offset
correctly set up, it is possible to directly zero in on the correct transponder.
Figure 1-8 is a computer simulation of the 1705A Spectrum Monitor display in
FULL SPAN/DIVISION. Each division corresponds to 100 MHz. If the
satellite previously discussed is being looked at and the brightup is on the first
marker, then the first signal is transponder number 1 and the antenna feed horn is
horizontally polarized. Further, it is possible to determine that transponders 5, 7,
9, 13, and 15 are currently in use. Rotating the feed horn polarity 90˚ would
bring up a display of the vertically polarized transponder down links.
Optimize Signal Strength
Once the correct satellite has been identified, minor adjustment to the antenna
position will optimize the link. The antenna azimuth and elevation can be fine
tuned for maximum signal strength and the opposite polarization carefully nulled
while observing the spectrum monitor crt screen.
1-15
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
REF
--10
11.73 GHZ
Tek
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
--70
L
O
G
+ f
Figure 1-8: Simulation of a 1705A FULL SPAN/DIV display showing six transponders
illuminated
Looking at Exciters with
the 70 MHz Input
The 70 MHz Input to the spectrum monitor is a bnc connector. It is designed for
use with the IF signal from an up link exciter. Most up link transmitters use an
exciter to drive an Upconverter and High Power Amplifier (HPA), and, in most
cases, the driving signal to the Upconverter is a 70 MHz IF. If the exciter output
is at the up link frequency, a 70 MHz monitoring point is often provided.
Sometimes the coupling of the IF signal between the exciter and Upconverter is a
coaxial link that can be opened and a directional coupler installed for sampling
purposes. See Figure 1-9.
NOTE. The 70 MHz input is rated at --20 dBm maximum, external pads may be
required to meet this operating condition.
Once a directional coupler is installed a whole series of checks can be made,
including presence of the proper carriers and an indication of the modulation
level. More detail can be found in the Tektronix Television booklet “Television
Operational Measurements; Video and RF for NTSC Systems.”
1-16
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
HPA
RF
OUT
IN
UP CONVERTER
OUT
IN
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
70 MHZ
INPUT
VIDEO
EXCITER
OUT
1705A
SPECTRUM MONITOR
Figure 1-9: Up link Video Exciter, Up converter, and High Power Amplifier (HPA)
showing how to hook up a 1705A Spectrum Monitor to look at the Video Exciter
output
In addition to the other measurements that can be made a quick check of HPA,
antenna, and transponder (as a system) can be made by comparing the exciter
output (using the 70 MHz input) to the incoming signal from the down link
(using the L--Band Input) by simply switching between inputs. See Figure 1-10.
Miscellaneous Uses for the 1705A
The 1705A Spectrum Monitor 70 MHz band covers a frequency range from 45
to 100 MHz, at center screen. The low VHF television channels and major
portion of the FM broadcast band are within the frequency range of the 1705A.
If a spectrum monitoring application within this band of frequencies exists the
1705A can easily be used.
1-17
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Introduction
LNB
L-OUT
Ku-IN
Ku-BAND
12 GHZ
Ku-BAND
14 GHZ
HPA
RF
OUT
IN
L-BAND
900--1450 MHZ
UP CONVERTER
1705A
SPECTRUM MONITOR
OUT
IN
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
3 dB
SPLITTER
70 MHZ
INPUT
VIDEO
EXCITER
OUT
RECEIVER
Figure 1-10: 1705A hooked up to look at either the output of the Video Exciter (70
MHz) or the Receiver Input (L-Band)
1-18
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Section 2
Operating Instructions
These instructions provide information about the front-panel controls and
indicators, rear-panel connectors and switch, powering-up, and the measurement
graticule and alphanumeric readout.
Front-panel Controls and Indicators
The front--panel controls and indicators consist of momentary contact push-but-
ton switches, with backlit switch selections, and variable controls. For front-
panel control and indicator locations, see Figure 2-1. There are also functions
that are accessed by holding the switch down for approximately 1 second. These
functions are identified by a blue box surrounding the front--panel label.
FILTER
1. VIDEO
Turns on or off the Video Filter, which reduces the post detection bandwidth
(video), to reduce the high-frequency components for display noise
averaging. A front-panel LED indicator lights when the Video Filter is on.
Holding the Video switch activates the High Gain mode. An on-screen
readout indicates 2 dB/Div. To exit this mode, hold the switch again, and the
on-screen readout returns to 10 dB/Div. Gain selection will not affect the
momentary touch VIDEO On/Off selection.
2. RESOLUTION
Selects the 2nd IF bandwidth. Toggles between 10 kHz and 300 kHz as
indicated by the front-panel indicator.
INPUT
3. INPUT
L--BAND or 70 MHz —A push-button switch to select either the L--BAND
(900 to 2000 MHz) or the 70 MHz (45 to 100 MHz) input for display.
Indicator lights show which input is displayed.
2-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
5
3
4
2
1
6
SPECTRUM
MONITOR
Tektronix
FILTER
1705A
INPUT
RESOLUTION
VIDEO
REF
--10
LBAND
70 MHz
ON
300 KHz
10 KHz
Tek
--20
--30
--40
SWEEP
SPEED
CENTER FREQUENCY
SPAN/DIV
MENU
--50
--60
100
KHz
1
MHz
10
MHz
FULL
DISPLAY
SCALE
FOCUS
INTENS
--70
L
TRACE
ROTATION
O
G
+ f
POWER
POSITION
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
ON
= HOLD FOR FUNCTION
7
11
13
12
8
9
10
Figure 2-1: 1705A front panel; refer to text for descriptions of controls identified with circled numbers
SWEEP
4. SWEEP SPEED
A variable control that sets the sweep repetition rate, which is typically
between 20 and 200 ms.
5. CENTER FREQUENCY
A ten-turn variable control that determines the center frequency of the
displayed portion of the spectrum.
2-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
6. SPAN/DIV
Two push-button switches (left and right) that select the calibrated span per
division. Each span is indicated by a front-panel LED.
FULL -- Provides a span of 50 MHz per division for the L--Band (900 -- 2000
MHz) input, and 5 MHz per division (45 to 100 MHz) for the 70 MHz input.
10 MHz -- Sets display span to 10 MHz per division. Displays a maximum
of 120 MHz for one full sweep (not available for the 70 MHz input). The
100 MHz portion of the sweep that is displayed is dependent on the setting
of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control.
1 MHz -- Sets display span to 1 MHz per division. Displays a maximum of
12 MHz for one full sweep. The 10 MHz portion of the sweep that is
displayed is dependent on the setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION
control.
100 kHz -- Sets display span to 100 kHz per division. Displays a maximum
of 1.2 MHz for one full sweep. The 1 MHz portion of the sweep that is
displayed is dependent on the setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION
control.
MENU -- When both SPAN/DIV switches are pressed simultaneously, the
normal display is replaced by the Main menu. To exit the Main menu,
position the cursor by EXIT and press the INPUT switch. The Menu
functions are discussed in detail later in this section.
DISPLAY
7. FOCUS
A variable control that adjusts the crt beam for optimum definition.
8. SCALE
A variable control that adjusts the level of graticule illumination.
9. INTENS
A variable control that adjusts the display brightness.
10. TRACE ROTATION
A screwdriver adjustment that aligns the crt trace with the crt graticule to
compensate for variations in the magnetic field surrounding the 1705A.
2-3
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
POSITION
11. HORIZONTAL
A variable control that positions the trace horizontally (X axis).
12. VERTICAL
A variable control that positions the display vertically (Y axis).
POWER
13. POWER
Switches the instrument between a powered up state and standby. Portions
of the Power Supply circuit board have mains potential on them in either
state. A mechanical indicator in the center of the switch shows the status of
the POWER switch.
WARNING. Mains power is still applied to the 1705A Power Supply circuit board,
regardless of POWER switch state. To totally remove shock hazard, it is
necessary to unplug the instrument and wait for the capacitors to discharge.
Rear-Panel Connectors
Signal input and power input are located on the 1705A rear panel. See Fig-
ure 2-2 for the locations of the rear-panel connectors.
INPUTS
1. L--BAND
A 75Ω input f-type connector used for the 900 -- 2000 MHz input of L--Band
rf, which is down converted by a Low-Noise Amplifier/Block Down
Converter (LNB) from the received satellite signal.
2. LNB POWER (Switch)
Switch to turn on or off the +18 V supply on the L--BAND INPUT connec-
tor. Supply is normally used to power a Low-Noise Amplifier/Block Down
Converter at the antenna.
2-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
6
333 -3990 -01
SPECTRUM MONITOR
DIE IN DIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE
RONTGENSTRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND ABGESCHIRMT
20kV
BESCHLEUNIGUNGSSPANNUNG KLEINER ALS
WARNING
TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK, THE POWER
CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND.
LNB POW-
ER
0.7A MAX
50/60Hz
REPLACE FUSE ONLY WITH
90-250V
ON
250V 2A F TYPE
L BAND
INPUT
LNB POW-
E
70 MHz
INPUT
ON
OFF
!
!
+18 VDC @ 250 mA
4
1
5
2
3
Figure 2-2: 1705A rear panel controls and connectors; refer to text for descriptions
of controls identified with circled numbers
3. LNB POWER (Indicator)
LED indicator that lights when the +18 V supply is turned on and operating
correctly. Indicator will not light if the +18 V supply is shorted.
4. 70 MHz
A 75Ω input bnc-type connector used for the input of the 45 -- 100 MHz rf.
POWER
5. AC FUSE
Holder for the instrument’s mains fuse.
6. AC POWER
A standard ac plug receptacle for 120 or 220 Vac power mains.
2-5
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Powering-up
When the 1705A is first powered up, it should come up in a measurement mode.
Most commonly it will be configured as it was when it was last turned off. If
not, there are some very simple checks that should be made.
If the power switch is showing ON, but the graticule and front-panel indicators
do not come on, check for a mains power problem, such as a blown fuse or
interrupted power mains (unplugged or main breaker thrown). If these are right,
refer to a qualified service technician for troubleshooting.
If the Non-Volatile RAM (NVRAM) is defective, which disables the operation of
the Microprocessor, there is a crt readout. If the 1705A comes on with the
following message:
ERROR
:
CANNOT READ OR WRITE
TO 2444
PRESS [VIDEO] KEY TO EXIT
operation will be questionable and the 1705A should be thoroughly checked out
by a qualified service technician.
Normal start-up of the instrument should consist of a display of alphanumeric
frequency readout and a spectrum display similar to that in Figure 2-3.
REF
Tek
1400 MHZ
--10
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
Figure 2-3: 1705A display when powered up in L-BAND and FULL SPAN; CENTER
FREQUENCY set to approximately mid range
2-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Measurement Graticule
The 1705A is equipped with an internal graticule crt. The graticule has an 8 X
10 division scale that is lighted. Scale brilliance is controlled by the front-panel
SCALE control. Figure 2-4 shows the 1705A graticule. Refer to this figure and
subsequent figures when reading the following discussion of the graticule.
REF
Tek
--10
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
+ f
Figure 2-4: 1705A graticule scale
Vertical Scales
The vertical scale is eight divisions in height. The center vertical scale is broken
into five equal minor divisions per major division. Note that the 0 dB reference
is at the top of the graticule and that 80 dB (maximum division) is at the bottom
of the graticule. There are two gain selections: normal gain (10 dB/div) and
high gain (2 dB/div). In normal gain mode, major divisions are 10 dB, which
makes each minor division 2 dB. When the GAIN front-panel push button is
held, high gain is selected, and major divisions are approximately 2 dB, which
makes minor divisions about 0.4 dB each.
Since dB is a dimensionless ratio, and there are several scale variations, it is
essential that there be some discussion of the various scales. The unit of
measure described as dB (decibel) is 10 LOG P1/P2. If there is a specific scale
defined (m, k, w, p, etc.), there is a specific reference point established. The
1705A has input specifications in dBm, which means that they are referenced to
1 mW (milliwatt). Therefore, --30 dBm is 30 dB below 1 mW. Table 2--1 is a
handy reference table for dB and dBm. Table 2--2 provides a reference for
conversion from dBm to ꢀv.
2-7
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Table 2-1: dB Reference
Reading in dB
Voltage Ratio
Power Ratio
Reading in dB
Voltage Ratio
Power Ratio
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
1.000
1.012
1.023
1.035
1.000
1.023
1.047
1.072
25.0
26.0
27.0
28.0
17.783
19.953
22.387
25.119
316.228
398.107
501.187
630.957
0.4
0.5
1.047
1.059
1.072
1.084
1.096
1.109
1.122
1.189
1.259
1.334
1.413
1.585
1.778
1.995
2.239
2.512
2.818
3.162
3.548
3.981
4.467
5.012
5.623
6.310
7.079
7.943
8.913
10.000
11.220
12.589
14.125
15.849
1.096
1.122
29.0
30.0
31.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
36.0
37.0
38.0
39.0
40.0
41.0
42.0
43.0
44.0
45.0
46.0
47.0
48.0
49.0
50.0
51.0
52.0
53.0
54.0
55.0
56.0
57.0
58.0
59.0
60.0
28.184
31.623
794.328
1000.000
0.6
1.148
35.481
1258.925
0.7
1.175
39.811
1584.893
0.8
1.202
44.668
1995.262
0.9
1.230
50.119
2511.886
1.0
1.259
56.234
3162.278
1.5
1.413
63.096
3981.072
2.0
1.585
70.795
5011.872
2.5
1.778
79.443
6309.573
3.0
1.995
89.125
7943.282
4.0
2.512
100.000
112.202
125.893
141.254
158.489
177.828
199.526
223.872
251.189
281.838
316.228
354.813
398.107
446.684
501.187
562.341
630.957
707.946
794.328
891.251
1000.00
10000.000
12589.254
15848.932
19952.623
25118.864
31622.777
39810.717
50118.723
63095.734
79432.023
100000.000
125892.541
158489.319
199526.231
251188.643
316227.766
398107.171
501187.234
630957.344
794328.235
1000000.000
5.0
3.162
6.0
3.981
7.0
5.012
8.0
6.310
9.0
7.943
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
10.000
12.589
15.849
19.953
25.119
31.623
39.811
50.119
63.096
79.433
100.000
125.893
158.489
199.526
251.189
2-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Table 2-2: dBm to ꢀv Conversion
Reading in dBm
--- 3 0
ꢀv (75Ω)
8660
4870
2739
1540
866
487
274
154
87
ꢀv (50Ω)
7071
3976
2236
1257
707
398
224
126
71
Reading in dBm
--- 1 0 5
ꢀv (75Ω)
1.540
0.866
0.487
0.274
0.154
0.087
0.049
0.027
0.015
0.009
0.005
0.003
0.002
0.001
0.000
ꢀv (50Ω)
1.257
0.707
0.398
0.224
0.126
0.071
0.040
0.022
0.013
0.007
0.004
0.002
0.001
0.001
0.000
--- 3 5
--- 1 1 0
--- 4 0
--- 1 1 5
--- 4 5
--- 1 2 0
--- 5 0
--- 1 2 5
--- 5 5
--- 1 3 0
--- 6 0
--- 1 3 5
--- 6 5
--- 1 4 0
--- 7 0
--- 1 4 5
--- 7 5
49
40
--- 1 5 0
--- 8 0
27
22
--- 1 5 5
--- 8 5
15
13
--- 1 6 0
--- 9 0
9
7
--- 1 6 5
--- 9 5
5
4
--- 1 7 0
--- 1 0 0
3
2
--- 1 7 5
Horizontal Scales
The horizontal graticule scales are divided into ten major divisions, which are
further divided into five minor divisions each. The horizontal scale corresponds
to frequency, with the lowest frequency to the left. Note the arrow in Figure 2-4
that signifies that the frequency ascends toward the right. Both the --60 and --80
dB lines are subdivided with minor division marks. Traditionally, many
spectrum analyzer measurements and specifications are between 6 and 60 dB.
The available sweep for the 1705A is 12 divisions long, which means that not all
of the frequencies that it is capable of displaying can be displayed simultaneous-
ly. Figure 2-5 compares the sweep length to the graticule. It shows the usable
areas of the sweep, as well as the minimum and maximum frequencies of the two
bands.
2-9
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
FREQUENCY
FREQUENCY
L-BAND = 900 MHz
70 MHz = 45 MHz
L-BAND = 2000 MHz
70 MHz = 100 MHz
MID
FREQUENCY
SCALE = 10 DIVISIONS
SWEEP LENGTH = 12 DIVISIONS
Figure 2-5: Relationship of sweep to graticule showing minimum and maximum
frequencies when CENTER FREQUENCY is set to mid band
Figure 2-6 shows frequencies associated with the graticule lines in FULL
SPAN/DIV when the CENTER FREQUENCY control is set to 1400 (for
L--Band) or 70 MHz (for the 70 MHz). Note also that the HORIZONTAL
POSITION control affects the frequency-to-graticule scale resolution. Determin-
ing where the HORIZONTAL POSITION control is set can easily be determined
using one of the magnified SPAN/DIV settings and the readout cursor.
2-10
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
70 MHZ
45
95
MHZ
MHZ
50
55
60
65 70
75
80
85
90
REF
Tek
--10
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
+ f
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800
900
1900
MHZ
MHZ
L-BAND
Figure 2-6: Frequency relationship to horizontal graticule scale; center frequency
corresponds to the center of the horizontal scale
Center Frequency Readout
The 1705A is equipped with alphanumeric readout for the CENTER FREQUEN-
CY. This readout works in conjunction with a cursor. In FULL SPAN/DIV, the
cursor is actually a bright-up zone on the trace. See Figure 2-7. Actual position
of the readout on the crt can be positioned to a location where it will not interfere
with the measurements being made.
2-11
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Operating Instructions
REF
--10
Tek
1400 MHZ
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
+ f
Figure 2-7: Center frequency cursor and readout for the L-Band with FULL
SPAN/DIV
In the magnified, or decreased, SPAN/DIV settings the cursor is an inverted
pyramid (caret) that is directly over the part of the sweep that corresponds to the
setting of the front-panel CENTER FREQUENCY control. See Figure 2-8.
Horizontal positioning affects the position of the cursor and the associated
alphanumeric readout, which is directly above the cursor. The displayed location
of the CENTER FREQUENCY can be displaced by up to 2 divisions from
graticule center depending on the setting of the control. See Figure 2-9.
2-12
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
1400 MHZ
POINT ON THE TRACE THAT
CORRESPONDS TO 1400 MHZ.
CENTER FREQUENCY
TUNED AT THIS POINT.
Figure 2-8: 1705A CRTwith the SCALE turned down to show the relationship
between the alphanumeric readout and the front-panel CENTER FREQUENCY
tuning
1400 MHZ
POINT ON THE
TRACE THAT
CORRESPONDS TO
1400 MHZ.
CENTER FREQUENCY
TUNED AT THIS POINT.
Figure 2-9: The setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control can displace the
location of the displayed center frequency
2-13
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Customizing Frequency Readout
The type and location of the readout for the TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum
Monitor can be changed from the front panel. The options available are: 1. The
choice of having readout or turning it off. 2. The position on the crt where the
readout appears. 3. A customized readout that displays the satellite transponder
frequency rather than the L--Band tuner frequency.
The auxiliary setup menu used to make these selections is brought up to the crt
when both ←SPAN/DIV→ buttons are pushed simultaneously. Figure 2-10
shows the selections that are available from the crt menus. Pushing the
designated front-panel switch accomplishes the specified menu task. Note that
the solid lines in Figure 2-10 denote how to work through the menus, while the
dashed lines show how to exit from the menu and return to the normal monitor
display.
The readout control options share a software routine with the operator diagnos-
tics (Test) in the Main menu. The Main menu, along with the Readout Mode
and Test menus, use a cursor and select method of operation. With these menus
the selection is marked by moving the cursor, up with the SPAN→ push button
or down with the ←SPAN push button, and pushing the INPUT button to
complete the selection.
The Readout Position and Offset Adjust menus assign other functions to some of
the front-panel push-button switches. For these specific functions the names in
brackets correspond to front-panel switch names.
Turning On or Off Readout
The selections for disabling/enabling the crt readout are contained in the Readout
Mode menu. Readout is turned off by setting the displayed cursor (>) next to the
OFF selection and pushing the INPUT push button. Readout is turned on by
moving the displayed cursor next to ON and pushing the INPUT push button.
Once the function is selected pushing the INPUT push button a second time
returns to normal monitor operation.
Changing Readout
Position
Pushing the RESOLUTION, VIDEO, ←SPAN, and SPAN→ push buttons after
the Readout Position auxiliary menu has been displayed moves the readout
around the crt area. Readout can be anywhere within the crt area. See Figure
2-10 for the function of the push-button switches in the Readout Position menu.
Pushing any one of the four (newly assigned positioning) buttons returns to the
normal display, with readout. At this point, pushing RESOLUTION, VIDEO, or
either of the SPAN buttons moves the readout. Push buttons can be held down
for smooth advancement, or pushed for each small movement increment. Once
the readout location is satisfactory, pushing the INPUT button saves the position
and returns to the Main menu. When the INPUT push button is pushed again,
the monitor returns to normal operation.
2-14
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
.
SPECTRUM
DISPLAY
SPAN/DIV
READOUT MODE
ON
OFF
L-BAND
OFFSET
L.O. HIGH
MAIN MENU
READOUT MODE
>EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT.
READOUT POSITION
TEST
>EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT.
READOUT POSITION
UP
[RES]
OFFSET ADJUST
DOWN
LEFT
RIGHT
[VIDEO]
[<SPAN]
[SPAN>]
[INPUT]
DOWN
UP
EXIT/SAVE
[<SPAN]
[SPAN>]
[INPUT]
EXIT/SAVE
TEST
MEMORY
DAC
LED
KEY
>EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT.
Figure 2-10: Using the 1705A menus. Main menu is entered from the spectrum display by pressing both SPAN/DIV
buttons simultaneously
NOTE. The 1705A must be returned to the normal operating routine before the
front-panel push-button switches perform the label functions. Push the INPUT
push button as many times as required to bring up the spectrum analyzer display.
Changing Readout
Frequency
The 1705A readout normally displays the frequency of the L--Band or 70 MHz
input signal. The L--Band input is a downconverted signal between 900 to
2000 MHz, which by itself does not return meaningful information. Because of
this it may be easier to display the readout that corresponds to the actual satellite
2-15
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
transponder frequency. Changing the readout to reflect these frequencies is
easily accomplished by selecting the Readout Mode from the Main menu and
Offset from the Readout Mode menu, which brings up the Offset Adjust menu.
Selecting Offset allows the readout units to be changed to GHz and the frequency
set to a value between 0.9 and 20. Push buttons can be held down for smooth
advancement or pushed for each small movement increment. Maximum and
minimum readout can only be achieved with the CENTER FREQUENCY at the
appropriate extreme.
CENTER FREQUENCY control can change the range of readout (in L--Band)
by 1.1 GHz for full end-to-end rotation. See Figure 2-11 for an example of the
display during Offset Adjust.
12.00 GHZ
Figure 2-11: An example of the readout displayed while satellite frequency is being
set. The ∆ is the same for both increasing and decreasing frequency
When Offset is selected from the Readout Mode an additional auxiliary menu
appears on screen for several seconds before it extinguishes and the spectrum
analyzer display with GHz readout appears. Refer to Figure 2-10. Pushing the
SPAN→ push button causes the numerical part of the readout to scale upward
toward 20. Pushing the ←SPAN push button scales down the numerical readout
toward 0.9.
Once the readout has been changed to GHz, the frequency display can be altered
to show frequencies ascending or descending from left to right. When L.O. High
is selected turning the front-panel CENTER FREQUENCY clockwise incre-
2-16
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
ments the frequency readout (low to high) and moves the brightened portion of
the sweep from left to right. When L.O. Low is selected the readout decrements
(high to low) and the brightened portion of the sweep moves from left to right,
with clockwise rotation of the CENTER FREQUENCY.
When L--Band is selected from the Readout Mode menu, the Main menu returns
and the readout is scaled in MHz. Changes of frequency readout are shown in
ascending order when the front-panel CENTER FREQUENCY control is rotated
clockwise.
Once the satellite frequency and L.O. have been set, pushing the INPUT push
button saves the display and returns the Main menu. Pushing the INPUT push
button again returns to normal monitor operation.
NOTE. The 1705A must be returned to the normal operating routine before the
front-panel push-button switches perform the label functions. Push the INPUT
push-button as many times as required to bring up the spectrum analyzer
display.
Test Mode
The series of tests that can be made are documented in Section 6, Maintenance,
under the sub-section heading of “General Troubleshooting Techniques.”
Locating Ku-Band Satellites
The TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is specifically designed to help the
television news vehicle operator quickly and properly address a satellite. Even
though the 1705A will be most often used for Ku--Band transmissions, it can be
used with any satellite system that can be downconverted to its L--Band input
frequencies.
The following operating procedure is typical and can be adjusted to fit particular
vehicle and operator preferences.
Basic Operating
Procedure
1. The expected true azimuth and elevation to the satellite from a specific
location should be determined by calculation or reference to Table 2--3 for
popular news satellites. Table 2--3 lists 21 Continental United States
(CONUS) cities; the cities in the table are spotted around the country and
can help to approximate (the location of a satellite) from any area of the 48
contiguous states.
2-17
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
2. Stabilize the vehicle in a location where there will be a clear path between
the antenna and the satellite. The vehicle should be reasonably level to
facilitate antenna and polarization adjustment.
3. Point the antenna in the expected direction of the satellite. Note that
compass readings may not be accurate in the presence of vehicles or
structures. Several readings, at nearby locations, should be taken to
determine any unusual effects. Appropriate correction for magnetic variation
must be made when a magnetic compass is used. The locating tables
indicate true north.
4. If the antenna azimuth and elevation are remotely adjusted, the TEKTRO-
NIX 1705A may be permanently connected to the splitter feeding the
L--Band downlink signal from the outdoor Low Noise Block Converter
(LNB) to the indoor receiver. If the antenna is to be adjusted manually, a
portable ac or battery-powered 1705A may be connected directly to the LNB
at the antenna, in which case the spectrum monitor can be used to power the
LNB.
Table 2-3: Azimuth / Elevation Table for 21 CONUS Cities
SATCOM K2
G-STAR II
SBS-3
AZ
CITY
AZ
EL
50˚
40˚
41˚
47˚
38˚
44˚
52˚
35˚
34˚
61˚
37˚
48˚
54˚
42˚
43˚
39˚
AZ
EL
45˚
31˚
38˚
53˚
44˚
38˚
53˚
47˚
48˚
49˚
37˚
44˚
51˚
33˚
34˚
51˚
EL
49˚
36˚
41˚
51˚
43˚
42˚
55˚
43˚
43˚
55˚
38˚
47˚
55˚
38˚
39˚
47˚
Atlanta
Boston
Chicago
175˚
195˚
170˚
150˚
145˚
177˚
153˚
131˚
127˚
180˚
164˚
170˚
162˚
191˚
189˚
132˚
214˚
225˚
205˚
192˚
180˚
212˚
199˚
163˚
158˚
227˚
198˚
209˚
208˚
223˚
222˚
168˚
199˚
214˚
190˚
172˚
165˚
198˚
180˚
148˚
143˚
211˚
184˚
193˚
190˚
211˚
210˚
150˚
Dallas /Ft. Worth
Denver
Detroit
Houston
Las Vegas
Los Angeles
Miami
Minneapolis/St Paul
Nashville
New Orleans
New York
Philadelphia
Phoenix
2-18
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
Table 2-3: Azimuth / Elevation Table for 21 CONUS Cities (Cont.)
Salt Lake City
San Francisco
Seattle
137˚
125˚
131˚
166˚
186˚
34˚
28˚
22˚
44˚
45˚
169˚
154˚
158˚
204˚
221˚
42˚
42˚
32˚
42˚
36˚
155˚
140˚
146˚
188˚
216˚
39˚
38˚
29˚
45˚
38˚
St. Louis
Washington DC
5. If the antenna is pointed close to a satellite, one or both polarizations of the
full satellite will appear on the screen because the 1705A Spectrum Monitor
is a much more sensitive indicator than a receiver and picture monitor.
Initially, there is no need to be concerned with antenna polarization or which
satellite channels may be active.
6. If no satellite signal is observed, or the incorrect satellite is identified, sweep
the antenna azimuth carefully around the expected satellite direction. If no
satellite is found, return the azimuth to the expected direction and increase
(or decrease) the elevation by about one degree and resweep the azimuth.
7. When a satellite signal has been observed on the 1705A display, it may be
identified by the nature of the signals on the satellite. For example, wide
bandwidth NBC television signals with multiple audio and data carriers on
many transponders will identify Satcom K--2. Other satellites will have
similar identifying characteristics. If the incorrect satellite has been selected,
repoint the antenna to locate the desired satellite. Once any satellite is found
and identified, a reference point is established and nearby satellites may be
located by moving the antenna carefully in the proper direction.
8. Optimize the antenna by carefully adjusting azimuth and elevation while
observing the signal strength on the 1705A Spectrum Monitor. At this time
one or both satellite polarizations will be observed, but the received signal
may not be a viewable picture for a picture monitor.
9. The polarization must be adjusted in a transmit/receive system by rotating
the antenna feed to minimize the undesired, cross polarized signal.
WARNING. This adjustment requires a spectrum monitor and should not be
attempted using a receiver and picture monitor alone. Any mis-adjustment will
put the transmit signal on the wrong satellite transponder and create interfer-
ence with another user. Furthur access to the satellite may be denied!
As the antenna feed is rotated, observe that there will be a sharp null of
signals on one polarization or the other. Rotate the feed carefully to null the
signals of the polarization that will not be used. Most news vehicle feed
2-19
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Operating Instructions
systems are single polarization receive to avoid the possibility of nulling the
wrong polarization. If the antenna is set up to receive more than one
polarization, be sure that the feed polarization being observed is associated
with the transponder that will be used for the transmission.
10. Before transmitting, the satellite operator will need to be contacted. The
operator will want a transmit signal to be brought up to verify correct
transponder, signal polarization, and to determine the correct operating
power. If the antenna and transmitting system are correctly adjusted, this
check will only take seconds. This check may be permitted earlier in the
day, if time is available and the antenna or transmitter setting are not to be
changed.
11. During transmit, the 1705A may be used to verify the presence of video,
audio, and any communications signals at the 70 MHz output of the Video
Exciter. This signal may be permanently connected to the 1705A, along with
the L--Band receive connection, to allow front-panel selection. With either
input, narrower spans may be selected to permit observing discrete signals.
12. Be sure that there is an agreed upon “good night” for the transmission. The
carrier will not be watching your program content, and must know clearly
when you are finished with the satellite. Unless there is a specific agree-
ment, the carrier will expect a telephone call to know you are clear, and you
will be charged.
2-20
1705A Spectrum Monitor
WARNING
The following servicing instructions are for use only by qualified personnel. To
avoid injury, do not perform any servicing other than that stated in the operating
instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer to all safety summaries before
performing any service.
Installation
Section 3
Installation
Packaging
The shipping carton and pads provide protection for the instrument during
transit, and should be retained in case subsequent shipment becomes necessary.
Repackaging instructions can be found in Section 6 (Maintenance) of this
manual.
Electrical Installation
Power Source
This instrument is intended to operate from a single-phase power source having
one of its current-carrying conductors at or near earth-ground (the neutral
conductor). Only the line conductor is fused for over-current protection.
Systems that have both current-carrying conductors live with respect to ground
(such as phase-to-phase in multiphase systems) are not recommended as power
sources.
Mains Frequency and
Voltage Ranges
The 1705A operates over a frequency range of 48 to 66 Hz, at any mains voltage
between 90 Vac and 250 Vac. These newer versions of the 1705A instruments
do not require any internal changes to select their operating voltage range.
+18 Volts For Block Down
Converter
The slide switch located on the 1705A rear panel, between the input connectors,
enables/disables the +18 V supply on the L--BAND connector. See Figure 3-1.
This supply, when switched on, is intended to provide power for a Block Down
Converter (LNB), through the L--BAND INPUT connector.
3-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
LNB POWER
ON
L BAND
INPUT
LNB POWER
ON
OFF
+18 VDC @ 250 mA
Figure 3-1: L-BAND INPUT connector and controls
Under extreme LNB load conditions it is possible for the +18 V supply to load
the main 1705A power supply enough to change the low line regulation. Under
these circumstances the power supply may go out of regulation when mains
voltage falls below 100 V.
Operating Options
The 1705A provides an internal jumper setting to enable or disable the graticule
lights. See Table 3--1.
Table 3-1: Internal Jumper Selection
Jumper
Name
Position
Function
A3A1 J100
Light Enable
1 --- 2
Graticule lights enabled
(factory set)
2 --- 3
Graticule lights disabled
Mechanical Installation
Cabinet Options
NOTE. Cabinet drawings are provided for installation information only, and are
not to scale. All dimensions are in inches.
3-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
All qualification testing for the 1705A was performed with a 1700F00 cabinet
installed. See Figure 3-2. To guarantee compliance with specifications, the
instrument must be operated in a cabinet. The portable cabinet, 1700F02, has a
handle, four feet, a flip-up stand, and has different hole sizes and spacing than
the 1700F00. See Figure 3-3.
All of the 1700-Series metal cabinets, available from Tektronix as Optional
Accessories, provide the proper electrical environment for the instrument, supply
adequate shielding, minimize handling damage, and reduce dust accumulation
within the instrument.
8.250
6.875
0.688
5.105
REAR
1.060
6.130
16.180
12.725
0.156 DIA.
(4)
Figure 3-2: Dimensions of the 1700F00 plain cabinet
BOTTOM
SIDE
3-3
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
209.55 mm
(8.250 in)
Top
209.55 mm
(8.250 in)
410.97 mm
(16.180 in)
174.63 mm
(6.875 in)
17.48 mm
(0.688 in)
126.49 mm
(4.980 in)
Rear
Side
14.00 mm
(0.551 in)
Figure 3-3: 1700F02 portable cabinet dimensions
Cabinetizing
WARNING. Do not attempt to carry a cabinetized instrument without installing the
mounting screws. There is nothing to hold the instrument in the cabinet if it is tipped
forward.
The instrument is secured to the cabinet by two 6--32 Pozidriveꢀ screws, located
in the upper corners of the rear-panel. See Figure 3-4.
3-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
Cabinet Securing Screws
SPECTRUM MONITOR
DIE IN DIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE
RONTGENSTRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND ABGESCHIRM
BESCHLEUNIGUNGSSPANNUNG KLEINER ALS
20kV
WARNING
TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK, THE POWER
CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND.
LNB POWER
ON
0.7A MAX
50/60Hz
REPLACE FUSE ONLY WITH
90-250V
250V 2A F TYPE
L BAND
INPUT
LNB POWER
70 MHz
INPUT
ON
OFF
!
!
+18 VDC @ 250 mA
Figure 3-4: Cabinet securing screws
Rack Adapter
The optional WFM7F05 side-by-side rack adapter, shown in Figure 3-5, consists
of two attached cabinets. It can be used to mount the 1705A and another
half-rack width instrument in a standard 19-inch rack.
CAUTION. Be sure to read and follow the instructions that are shipped with the
rack adapter.
Use the correct sleeve for your product. The ventilation holes and EMI shielding
on the sleeves are specially designed to meet the requirements of the instruments
for which they were intended. If you use the wrong sleeve, it could damage the
instrument and cause overheating problems.
When working with instruments that are not enclosed in a chassis, you must
observe static precautions. You must also be careful not to damage circuit board
mounted components or interconnection wiring when sliding a sleeve over these
products.
3-5
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
18.970
6.875
5.250
Mounting
holes
17.270
Controls front panel
to rack alignment
Rear view
Figure 3-5: The WFM7F05 side-by-side rack adapter
The rack adapter is adjustable, so the instrument can be more closely aligned
with other equipment in the rack. See Figure 3-5.
WFM7F05
1700F06
Figure 3-6: A WFM7F05 with a blank front panel (1700F06)
3-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
If only one side of the rack adapter is used, a 1700F06 Blank Panel can be
inserted in the unused section. See Figure 3-6. The rack adapter and panel are
available through your local Tektronix field office or representative.
When only one instrument is mounted in the side-by-side adapter, an accessory
drawer (1700F07) can be installed in the blank side of the cabinet. See
Figure 3-7.
WFM7F05
1700F07
Figure 3-7: WFM7F05 rack mount cabinet with a 1700F07 utility drawer
3-7
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Installation
Custom Installation
For applications such as consoles, shown in Figure 3-8, the instrument can be
mounted with front molding flush or protruding from the console. In both cases,
allow approximately 3 inches of rear clearance for bnc and power cord connec-
tions.
For Flush Front Panel: Cut hole
the same size as the monitor front
molding to allow the monitor front
panel to align with the custom
panel surface.
Requires four 0.156” holes below
the 1700F00 cabinet to secure the
instrument to the shelf.
For Protruding Front Molding:
Cut hole in panel the same size as the
opening in the monitor cabinet to al-
low the front-panel molding to cover
the hole.
Figure 3-8: Considerations for custom installation of an instrument
To mount the 1705A safely, attach it to a shelf strong enough to hold its weight,
using the four 0.156-inch diameter holes in the bottom of the 1700F00 cabinet.
See Figure 3-8.
3-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Section 4
Theory of Operation
The material in this section is subdivided into a general description (which is
supported by the main block diagram) and detailed circuit descriptions that use
the schematic diagrams as illustrations. A thorough understanding of the
instrument starts with knowing how the major circuit blocks fit together,
followed by an understanding of the individual circuit’s functions. These
discussions of the 1705A Spectrum Monitor begin with a brief, fundamental
overview, then proceed on to the block diagram, and then into individual circuit
descriptions.
Overview
The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is a specialized spectrum analyzer, designed to
assist in locating satellites, and to help optimize communication with the
satellite. It is capable of displaying the spectral plot of signals in the L--Band
(900 -- 1750 MHz), and the 45 -- 100 MHz range on the crt. An alphanumeric
frequency readout displays the frequency at the center of the intensified zone, in
FULL SPAN/DIV, on the crt. In the magnified SPAN/DIV ranges, the frequency
readout is the approximate frequency under the readout marker.
Front-panel mode switching is accomplished by push-button switches whose
status is constantly polled by a microprocessor. In turn, the microprocessor
controls switching functions and circuit gains so that the instrument can be used
to locate or monitor a specific set of frequencies.
The Low Voltage Power Supply is a high-efficiency switching type. The High
Voltage Power Supply provides 13 kV acceleration potential.
Block Diagram
RF Input Circuits
(Diagram 1)
The 1705A has two separate signal inputs, L--Band (Sweep range 900 --
2000 MHz, calibrated range 900 -- 1750 MHz) and 70 MHz (45 -- 100 MHz).
Selection of the frequency band to be displayed is accomplished by pushing a
front-panel, momentary, push-button switch, which is monitored and acted upon
by the microprocessor. When one input is selected, the other has its supply
voltage interrupted.
The L--Band Tuner is self contained and consists of an RF Amplifier, Voltage
Controlled Oscillator, and a mixer stage. The gain, at the 1st IF frequency of
489.9 MHz, is ¶10 dB. Both RF and IF gain can be adjusted. Its VCO is
4-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
driven with a pre-corrected sweep ramp. Pre-correction is required to make up
for the inherent VCO nonlinearity.
A +18 V supply is connected to the L--BAND input connector so that it can be
used to power a Block Down Converter (usually at the antenna). The supply can
be switched on and off by a recessed slide switch on the rear panel. The voltage
is generated on a separate circuit board that is mounted inside the 1705A rear
panel.
The L--Band Tuner output passes through a 1st IF filter which contains a notch at
590 MHz to eliminate a spurious mixing product. It is then mixed with an L.O.
of 359.4 MHz to produce a 2nd IF output at 130.5 MHz. This output is
amplified by an 8 dB gain MMIC and is combined with the 70 MHz tuner
output.
The 70 MHz input consists of a 7-pole, 120 MHz, bandwidth low-pass filter; a
VCO (which, like the L--Band VCO, is driven by a pre-corrected sweep ramp); a
mixer; and a 20 dB amplifier. The 70 MHz input circuits also output a 136 MHz
1st IF with a gain of 0 dB 3 dB.
IF Amplifier Circuits
(Diagram 2)
The 136 MHz 2nd IF is converted a third time to produce a 3rd IF frequency of
10.7 MHz. The crystal-controlled Local Oscillator operates at 119.8 MHz to
provide the 10.7 conversion. The oscillator’s output is tripled to 359.4 MHz to
provide the 130.5 MHz conversion for the L--Band Tuner output. A three-sec-
tion helical resonator is used for the 130.5 MHz IF filter.
An additional band-pass crystal filter, centered at 10.7 kHz, with a 10 kHz
bandwidth, can be added by front-panel selection, to provide narrow resolution.
The 300 kHz bandwidth filter is always in the circuit regardless of the front-pa-
nel RESOLUTION selection. Maximum bandwidth of the 1705A is 300 kHz.
The resolution filters drive a FSK receiver IC. Only the meter output of this IC
is used to provide a voltage proportional to the log of the input power. This
drives a selectable video filter and the Vertical Deflection Amplifier.
Sweep Generator Circuits
(Diagram 3)
The output of the Ramp Generator drives the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier
(Diagram 4), Gain Control (SPAN/DIV), and the Marker Generator. The Ramp
Generator free runs with its repetition rate controlled by the front-panel SWEEP
SPEED control. The amplitude of the ramp remains constant.
The Gain Control, which provides the ramp that is eventually used to drive the
VCOs, consists of an operational amplifier with selectable input resistances. The
resistance selected is dependent upon the SPAN/DIV setting selected from the
front panel. The output ramp from the Gain Control circuit drives the Sweep
Shapers.
The CENTER FREQUENCY control provides an offset to the sweep ramps in
all SPAN/DIV settings except FULL. In the FULL SPAN/DIV setting, a
4-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Theory of Operation
bright-up signal, centered around the center frequency, is generated for the
Z--Axis Control circuit by the Marker Generator.
The Z--Axis Control circuit provides the driving signal for the Z--Axis Amplifier
(Diagram 8). Included in these unblanking signals are the sweep unblanking,
readout unblanking, and the intensified marker. This circuit controls both
display and readout intensity and adding the intensified marker in FULL
SPAN/DIV.
Deflection Amplifiers
(Diagram 4)
The output signal from the Log Detector (Diagram 2) is buffered and switched in
and out, for time sharing with the readout signal, prior to driving the Vertical
Output Amplifier. The output amplifier normalizes gain and matches the crt
deflection plate input impedance.
The ramp signal from the Sweep Generator (Diagram 3) is buffered, inverted,
and has its gain set prior to being used to drive the Horizontal Output Amplifier.
Like the Vertical Output Amplifier, the readout signal is time shared with active
signal. The horizontal amplifier has approximately three times the gain of the
vertical amplifier to meet the crt gain requirements.
Microprocessor
(Diagram 5)
The microprocessor, along with the EPROM that contains the measurement and
diagnostic routines, is the controlling element of the 1705A. A Non-Volatile
Random Access Memory (NVRAM) provides a method to store the current
front-panel switch settings, at power down, so that the 1705A can come back up
with the last front-panel setup.
CENTER FREQUENCY readout data is converted to digital data by an
Analog-to-Digital Converter and then input into the microprocessor. Readout
data and the Readout Enable (/RO--EN) are output from the microprocessor. The
readout data is converted back to an analog signal by the Digital-to-Analog
Converter.
Front Panel (Diagram 6)
All of the switching and external control for the 1705A is shown on this
diagram. Control voltages are limited to 11.8 V or less. All switching is done in
conjunction with the microprocessor (Diagram 5). Indicator lights, that are
controlled by the microprocessor, are also included on this diagram.
The +18 V supply that is designed to drive an external Block Down Converter is
also shown on this schematic. The On/Off switch for the +18 V supply is
located on the 1705A rear panel.
Low Voltage Power Supply
(Diagram 7)
The Low Voltage Power Supply converts the mains ac line voltage to 4 dc output
voltages (--15 V, +5 V, +15 V, and +40 V). The +40 V is used to power the
Vertical Deflection Amplifier (Diagram 4). The + and --15 V supplies are post
4-3
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
regulated to become the + and --11.8 V supplies on the Main circuit board
(regulator circuits are on Diagram 4).
The Power Supply schematic also contains the 11.8 V Post Regulators, whose
outputs are used by most of the circuits on the Main circuit board. The Post
Regulators do not appear on the block diagram.
High Voltage (Diagram 8)
The unblanking signal from the Z--Axis Control drives the Z--Axis Amplifier.
The Focus Amplifier, controlled by the front-panel control, provides a voltage to
the crt focus ring. The crt is of the Post Acceleration type, which requires a
relatively high potential difference between the cathode and post anode. The
boost in 2nd anode voltage is provided by an encapsulated 4X Multiplier.
The High Voltage supply also provides the +100 V, required by the Horizontal
Deflection Amplifier (Diagram 4), to drive the crt horizontal deflection plates.
RF Input
Diagram 1
This diagram has both RF inputs for the Spectrum Monitor. The L--Band and
70 MHz inputs are both off-board subassemblies. The 70 MHz input consists of
discrete components on a small circuit board that is totally shielded. The
L--Band Tuner is also self contained, totally shielded, and contains no user-ser-
viceable parts.
L- Band Input
The L--Band signal (900 -- 1750 MHz) is input directly to a tuner subassembly
that contains the Tuned RF Amplifier, mixer, and Voltage Controlled Oscillator
(VCO) required to produce the first Intermediate Frequency (IF) of 489.9 MHz.
The 489.9 MHz 1st IF signal is cabled to the Main board.
The tuner subassembly is powered by the +11.8 volts, which is controlled by the
Input Switching. (The +11.8 V to the L--Band Tuner is disabled when the
70 MHz input is selected.) In addition, the Block Down Converter +18 V supply
(from Diagram 5) is fed to the tuner for output on its F-type connector. A
recessed, rear-panel slide switch connects the +18 V supply to the L--Band Tuner.
A pre-corrected ramp (from Diagram 3) to drive the VCO is also supplied to the
tuner subassembly.
The /LBAND control line, from the microprocessor, is low when the L--Band is
selected. When /LBAND goes high (indicating that the 70 MHz input has been
selected) Q31 turns on and Q30 turns off, causing Q32 to turn off and disconnect
the +11.8 V from the tuner.
70 MHz Input
The input to the 70 MHz tuner has a 75Ω, 10 dB pad, which allows it to accept
signals up to --20 dBm. The 70 MHz signal (45 -- 100 MHz) is preconditioned
4-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
by a 7-pole, 120 MHz, low-pass filter that rejects out-of-band frequencies. The
Mixer, U190, with input frequencies of 45 -- 100 MHz, and the Local Oscillator
operating at [Fi + 130 MHz] provide a 130 MHz 1st IF. The signal output from
the Mixer is terminated by a 75Ω, 3 dB pad made up of R291, R292, and R293.
The IF signal is ac coupled into the amplifier, U296, with a gain of 20 dB.
R396, R391, and R392 form a 6 dB pad that outputs the 136 MHz 1st IF signal
that approximates the L--Band output level for inputs 10 dB higher.
L393, L391, L389, C292, and C290 form a low-pass filter that is peaked at the
1st IF frequency (136 MHz) and approximately 20 dB down at the Local
Oscillator frequency. Harmonics of the Local Oscillator frequency are at least
30 dB down.
70 MHz Local Oscillator
The Local Oscillator (LO) is a Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) whose
output frequency range is 175 MHz to 230 MHz. The oscillator is a differential
pair (pins 7--8 and 5--11) contained in U283. The oscillator employs positive
feedback through L284 to the base tank circuit (L280 and C281). CR280 is a
varactor whose capacitance is determined by the instantaneous level of the
pre-corrected ramp from the Sweep Generator (Diagram 3). The center tap of
T187 is the LO output providing an amplitude of approximately +7 dBm.
Q20 and Q21 form a switching circuit that turns off the VCO when the L--Band
input is selected. When /LBAND goes low, Q21 is shut off, causing Q20 to
unsaturate and disconnect the --11.8 V from the VCO.
The 70 MHz tuner assembly (A5) is contained in a rigidly mounted shield.
Control signals and the --11.8 V supply are brought into this shielded tuner
through feedthrough capacitors.
IF Amplifier
Diagram 2
This diagram shows the L--Band and 70 MHz inputs to the various conversion
stages. It also shows the Local Oscillator/Tripler circuitry, Mixers, Amplifiers,
IF filters, and Log Detector output.
nd
2 Local Oscillator
Both Local Oscillator (LO) signals are derived from a single crystal, whose
operating frequency is 119.8 MHz. The crystal is a 5th overtone type in a Butler
oscillator configuration using Q13. Q11 buffers the oscillator and drives a 3 dB
isolation pad on the LO input of Double Balanced Mixer (DBM) U25. Q12 is a
cascode stage driving a tank circuit at the 3rd harmonic (359.4 MHz). The tank
circuit is tapped down to drive a three-section helical resonator, FL1, tuned to
359.4 MHz. The output from FL1 is coupled into DBM U28.
4-5
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
DBM U28 is driven by the L--Band Tuner output at 489.9 MHz through a
LPF/Notch filter consisting of L11, L12, and series resonant circuit C69 and
W13. W13 is a shorted length of 50Ω coax forming a high-Q inductor. This
provides a narrow notch at 590 MHz to eliminate a spurious output from the
L--Band Tuner.
The output from DBM U28 drives U31 which provides about 8 dB gain to
compensate for the mixer loss and optimize the system dynamic range. This
signal is then combined with the 70 MHz tuner output with 3 dB combiner T1.
Input Filter, Mixer, and IF
Amplifier
The band-pass filter, FL2, is a three-section helical resonator with about 8 MHz
bandwidth.
U25 is a double balanced mixer that converts the 130.5 MHz 2nd IF frequency to
the 10.7 MHz 3rd IF frequency. The LO frequency (119.8 MHz) is below the
2nd IF frequency by the 3rd IF frequency. J6 is a test jumper that can be lifted to
evaluate prior circuitry or to insert a signal at the 3rd IF frequency to trouble-
shoot the circuits that follow.
The 2nd IF Amplifier, U22, has a gain of 20 dB. U22 requires a 6 V Vcc; VR3
and R136 are used to derive the voltage from the +11.8 V supply. C31 and C32
are decoupling capacitors. The output signal level is --20 dBm maximum. J5 is
another test jumper that can be used to access prior circuits or insert a signal at
the 2nd IF frequency.
Resolution Filter and Log
Detector
The 10.7 MHz 2nd IF signal passes through the 300 kHz Resolution filter or a
combination of the 10 kHz and the 300 kHz Resolution filters. The switching of
filters is accomplished by a combination of a control signal (/10KHZ) from the
microprocessor (Diagram 5) and a switching network consisting of U23D, E, and
F, Q9, and Q10, and switching diodes (CR22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, and 30).
When the control line is low, the signal path is through the 10 kHz filter. The
300 kHz filter is always in the circuit. Q10, CR22, and CR30 turn on to enable
the 10 kHz filter; Q9, CR23, and CR28 turn off to switch out the bypass line.
When the control line goes high, Q10 turns off to turn off CR22 and CR30; Q9,
CR23, and CR28 turn on to shunt the 10 kHz filter and provide 300 kHz
resolution. R175, the 300 kHz Gain adjustment, is set to match the loss of the
10 kHz filter. J10 is another test jumper provided to access prior circuits or
insert a signal directly into the Log Detector.
The input to the Log Detector, U32, is amplified by U29 and pre-shaped by FL3
and FL4, a 300 kHz Resolution filter, and then ac coupled to U32. When the
10 kHz filter is selected, the signal is filtered by the 10 kHz filter and then
applied to the Log Detector. The output current from the Log Detector is
processed by Q24 and Q25 to the 15 kHz low-pass filter at U27 pin 3 (Dia-
gram 4). The filter output then drives the Vertical Deflection Amplifier.
4-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Sweep Generator
Diagram 3
This schematic contains the free--running Ramp Generator, Switchable Gain
Control (SPAN/DIV), Sweep Shapers, Marker Generator, and the Z--Axis
(Brightness) control.
Ramp Generator
U24 is the Ramp Generator; U24B is configured as an integrator and U24A is
used as a comparator. C40 is the integration capacitor and is charged by current
from the front-panel SWEEP SPEED control. The ramp integrates in the
positive direction from --2 volts to +2 volts. At +2 V the output of U24A trips to
the positive power supply voltage (+5 V) and causes C40 to ramp down through
CR24 and R151. The value of R151 determines the amount of time required to
discharge C40 (retrace time). The power supply for U24 is +5 and --11.8 volts.
The output swing of U24A is nearly to these supply values. The Ramp
Generator output, through R142, drives Q6 through U23B in the Z--Axis control
to provide retrace blanking. CR21 limits the output swing in the negative
direction to --0.7 volts.
Gain Control (SPAN/DIV)
The Ramp Generator output (U24B, pin 7) drives the Horizontal Deflection
Amplifier and the Gain Control (SPAN/DIV) switching, U20. Each switch in
U20 selects a different value of Ri for operational amplifier U18A. The gain is
maximum at FULL (50 MHz per division) and minimum at 100 kHz per
division. The output of U18A is a negative-going ramp that drives the Sweep
Shapers.
Sweep Shapers
U16B and C form the Sweep Shaper that drives the L--BAND VCO; U16A and
D drive the 70 MHz VCO. The Sweep Shapers pre-distort the VCO driving
ramps to compensate for the inherent nonlinearity of the VCO. The shapers have
adjustable break points so that gain at each can be individually adjusted. The
70 MHz shaper has four adjustments, R48, R49, R55, R56; and the L--BAND
shaper has six adjustments, R35, R51, R58, R75, R81, and R82. Figure 4-1
shows the area of control for the various adjustments on the 1705A L--Band
display, when a comb signal is applied.
4-7
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
R733
R737
R731
R735
START
OF
DISPLAY
R727
R729
Figure 4-1: 1705A L-Band comb display showing the areas each of the six sweep
shaper variable resistors adjust
Bright- Up Generator
The Marker Generator is U14. The front-panel CENTER FREQUENCY control
provides the voltage from which the digital frequency readout is obtained. In
addition, the CENTER FREQUENCY (through U14) positions the bright zone
in FULL SPAN/DIV and tunes the center frequency in magnified SPAN/DIV
settings. The gain and offset of U14A are adjustable with R37 and R38. When
the CENTER FREQUENCY control is turned from one end to the other, the
output of U14A will move from about -- to +2 V, which is approximately the
range of the ramp at U24B. In any SPAN/DIV setting other than FULL, analog
switch U17A is closed and the output of U14A provides an offset voltage to
move the attenuated ramp, at the output of U18A, over the range of the large
ramp in FULL SPAN/DIV
When the SPAN/DIV is set at FULL, the output of U14A positions the bright-up
zone to correspond to the frequency displayed by the readout. The output of
U14B provides a voltage that offsets the ramp at the output of U14C.
In the FULL setting of SPAN/DIV, U17D (an analog switch) is closed and U14C
provides a gain of 10 to both the ramp from U24B and the offset from U14B.
The bright-up zone is generated when the ramp, at the output of U14C, passes
through 0 V. The offset voltage from U14B can offset the ramp from almost tip
to tip, thus moving the bright-up zone over almost the entire length of the sweep.
U14D is an absolute value circuit. Its output will be near the positive power
supply unless the input, from U14C, is within 0.7 V of ground. If the input
goes above +0.7 V, CR8 conducts and U14D becomes a non-inverting amplifier
with a gain of about 20 (set by R83 [Rf], R84 [Ri] and the divider R87, R88).
Under these conditions the output goes towards the positive power supply. If the
input to U14D goes below --0.7 V, CR12 conducts and becomes an inverting
amplifier with a gain of ¶20 (set by R83 [Rf] and R87 [Ri]). Again under these
4-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
conditions the output goes toward the positive supply. If the input is between +
and --0.7 V, neither diode conducts and the amplifier has no input and, conse-
quently, an output of 0 V. When the output of U14D is near 0 V, a pulse that
produces the crt bright zone is generated by the Z--Axis Control circuit.
Z- Axis Control
The Z--Axis Control circuit is comprised of a transistor array, U13, and discrete
transistors Q4 and Q5. The output is the common collector line of the three
differential amplifiers (Q5, and pins 5 and 8 of U13). The output line drives the
summing junction of the Z--Axis Amplifier on Diagram 8. The front-panel
INTENSITY control drives the current source (pins 12, 13, and 14 of U13). All
of the current from this transistor can be directed to the Z--Axis Amplifier,
through the differential amplifiers or shunted away if Q6 is turned on. Q6 is on
during sweep retrace, to blank the crt, and during crt readout time, when
/RO--EN is active (low). With Q6 off, the current from the source is split
between R54 and R79. The current through R54 is the collector current on pin 5.
The current through R79 will appear as collector current on pin 8 if its base
(pin 9) is low, which occurs at marker time. The result is that when the
instrument is in FULL SPAN, the trace is brightened for the marker. In any
other SPAN/DIV setting, the trace is of uniform brightness when the output of
U14D is near 0 V, a pulse that produces the crt bright zone is generated by the
Z--Axis Control circuit.
The readout intensity is controlled separately by Q4 and Q5. If the RO--BLANK
control line is active (low), Q4 is turned off and Q5 is turned on. When Q5 is
on, the current through R89 and R91 is sent to the Z--Axis Amplifier. When the
control line goes high, Q4 turns on and the emitter current from the readout
intensity control is directed into the +5 volt supply instead of into the Z--Axis
Amplifier.
Deflection Amplifiers
Diagram 4
Circuitry on this schematic normalizes gains, and drives the crt deflection plates.
Buffers
The vertical signal from the Log Detector is buffered by U27. U27 drives the
Vertical Output Amplifier, whose input can be filtered to reduce the effects of
noise. The Video Filter is a 15 kHz, 3-pole, low-pass filter whose output is
switched in by U30A. The enable, for U30A, is the /VFILTER signal from the
microprocessor (Diagram 5).
U27 is a switchable gain amplifier. When high gain (2 dB/Div) is selected with
the front-panel push button, the signal at pin 12 of the microprocessor (U2) goes
high, and the switch in U21C grounds R135 through pins 3 and 4. This
increases the gain of U27 by approximately a factor of five. U21A also
switches, connecting pins 13 and 14, putting a portion of the Vertical Position
4-9
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
control into the summing junction of U27 (pin 2). The Vertical Position control
is attenuated by resistors R152 and R140 (2 dB POS RANGE). This positions
the video signal at pin 6 of U27, providing greater positioning range while in
High Gain mode.
The horizontal ramp signal from the Sweep Generator (Diagram 3) is approxi-
mately 4 V in amplitude. Typical sweep length is 12 divisions. The variable
resistor, R168, is one-half of the input resistance (Ri) for U26B, an inverting
operational amplifier. The amplifier feedback resistance (Rf) consists of R180
and R177. Reducing the Rf of the operational amplifier while holding Ri
constant reduces the gain, and in this case the sweep length. Strapping across
W11 and W12 provides a convenient method of shortening the sweep to adjust
the Horizontal Gain (R168) against the 10 divisions of the crt graticule. When
the strap is removed the sweep length increases to 12 divisions.
Switches U30B and C are are enabled by the Readout Enable (/RO--EN) from the
microprocessor (Diagram 5). When enabled, the input to the Deflection
Amplifier is the X-- (horizontal) and Y--Axis (vertical) components of the crt
alphanumeric readout. The readout signal components are from the microproces-
sor through a Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) (Diagram 5). The vertical
positioning signal, from the front-panel VERTICAL POSITION control, is
applied to the readout in order to common mode out positioning effect when the
trace is repositioned.
Vertical Deflection
Amplifier
The vertical output signal, or the Y--Axis readout, drives the base of Q26, one
side of a differential input amplifier. The other side, Q28, is driven by the
positioning voltage from the front-panel VERTICAL POSITION control. The
signal from the collectors of Q26 and Q28 drive Q27 and Q29, common base
amplifier stages. The gain of the Vertical Deflection Amplifier is approximately
7. The gain normalized output voltage, to drive the crt deflection plates, is
developed across R229 and R230, the load resistors. Q22 and Q23 are a
temperature-compensated current source from the --11.8 volt supply.
Sweep ramp or X--Axis readout drives the base of Q17, one side of a differential
input amplifier. The other side, Q16, is driven by the positioning voltage from
the front-panel HORIZONTAL POSITION control (Diagram 5). The signal
from the collectors of Q17 and Q16 drive Q14 and Q15, common base amplifier
stages. The gain of the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier is approximately 20.
The gain normalized output voltage, to drive the crt deflection plates, is
developed across load resistors R178 and R179. Q18 and Q19 are a temperature-
compensated current source from the --11.8 volt supply.
Horizontal Deflection
Amplifier
4-10
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Microprocessor
Diagram 5
The 1705A is a microprocessor-controlled instrument. Circuitry on Diagram 5
shows the microprocessor, the front-panel LED drive, the crt readout drive, the
graticule light circuit, and the trace rotation circuit.
Microprocessor
The processor (U2) is an 8-bit, 3-port microprocessor running at 12 MHz. U8 is
the lower order address de-multiplexer for the Program PROM U9. U9 is a 64K
UV Erasable CMOS PROM. R5 is the bus termination assuring TTL levels (0
=0 V, 1 = 5 V). Output enable for the PROM is the PSEN output from the
microprocessor (U2, pin 29). The lower-order addresses from the processor
(AD0 -- AD7), which are de-multiplexed by U8, are from Port 0; the higher-order
addresses (AD8 -- AD12) are from Port 2. The higher-order addresses are not
multiplexed.
Port 1 is a multifunction input/output port. Lines 0 through 4 are used to poll the
front-panel push-button switches (momentary ground closures) to set up the
measurement program. Line 6 outputs the clock (U2, pin 7) that is used by the
Readout DAC and the NVRAM (Non-Volatile Random Access Memory).
Line 5 is the data transfer (U2, pin 6) for the NVRAM, U4. The Readout Enable
(/RO--EN) that turns on the crt readout is output through Line 7 (U2, pin 8). The
Center Frequency Readout data from U1, the readout ADC, is input through
Line 5 also (U2, pin 6).
U1 is an A-to-D Converter (ADC), with successive approximation register. It is
used to convert the analog voltage level from the front--panel CENTER
FREQUENCY control to a digital signal for the microprocessor and the Readout
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). R4 is the calibration adjustment to ensure
correct readout.
U4 is the NVRAM that stores the instrument condition when power is turned off
or lost, to ensure that the instrument will come back up in the correct operating
condition. The power down detection circuit consists of a comparator, U11, and
a +5 volt regulator, U3. U3 input voltage is from the +15 volt supply. C5
charges up high enough to allow U3 to continue to power U11 so that it can store
needed data during the power-down sequence. U11 monitors the +5 volt supply
on pin 2. Pin 3 is set to approximately 2.5 volts and has a large capacitor, C13,
to provide a slow decay. Under normal conditions, pin 2 is slightly higher than
pin 3, keeping the output (pin 7) high. When instrument power starts to go
down, pin 2 goes below pin 3, which forces the output (pin 7) low to enable the
/STO input to U4. When /STO goes low, the current conditions, as input from
the microprocessor D-Out output, are stored in the U4 Non-Volatile RAM.
4-11
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Readout
U6 is an 8-bit D-type data latch that drives all the front-panel LEDs and most of
the internal control lines. Chip select for U6 is /WR (U2, pin 16) inverted (U7C)
and ANDed with Address 14 (U2, pin 27) by U7A.
U10 is a dual 8-bit DAC (Digital-to-Analog Converter) that generates the
horizontal and vertical readout signals. The analog current outputs of U10 are
pins 2 and 20, which are converted to voltage by U12 A and B. Chip select is
/WR (U2, pin 16) which is inverted (U7C) and ANDed with Address 7 in U7D.
Line A0 from U8, pin 19, is the DAC A select (low enable). U5 provides a
--5 volt analog voltage reference for U10.
Trace Rotate
Trace rotation compensates for changes in the magnetic field surrounding the
1705A. Q1 and Q2 are emitter followers that provide the Trace Rotation current
to a coil around the crt, inside the shield. The voltage on the emitter of either Q1
or Q2 will develop a current through R19 to drive the coil. Current amplitude
and polarity are controlled by the front-panel TRACE ROTATION screwdriver
adjustment.
Graticule Lights
Q3 and Q100 provide a current source for the graticule lights. Base voltage,
which controls the amount of current flowing in the light circuit, is set by the
front-panel SCALE control. Jumper J100 on the Graticule Light board allows
the graticule lights to be disabled.
Front Panel
Diagram 6
The front-panel schematic shows all of the operational controls for the instru-
ment, including potentiometers, momentary push-button switches, and indicator
LEDs. All the push buttons are polled by the microprocessor, and the LEDs are
driven by output ports from the microprocessor. Also included on this diagram
is the +18 volt Block Down Converter (BDC) power supply.
Indicators, Controls, and
Switches
The front-panel LED indicators are returned to a current source (+5 V). When an
LED is lighted, there is a complete circuit from the Light Driver (Diagram 5)
through the LED to the +5 V supply. The five function switches (front-panel
push buttons) are simple ground closures that are read by the microprocessor to
determine the operating mode.
The eight front-panel controls determine voltages (in a range between --11.8 V
and +11.8 V) depending on circuit requirements. Each control works with a
specific circuit on another diagram.
4-12
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
+18 Volt Supply
The +18 V supply is of the Buck-Regulator type. It uses a Switched Mode
Power Supply Control Circuit, U583. Q783 is a buffer for slow startup and duty
cycle limit. R681 and R680 are the limit resistors. The voltage on C684 ramps
up to provide for slow startup when power is initially applied. The Internal
Zener reference (VZ) for U583 is approximately 8 V and is present on pin 2.
R586 and C583 are the frequency determining components for the IC’s internal
sawtooth generator, which in this instance runs at approximately 50 kHz. R686
and R685 are the voltage setting components on the feedback input; C683, C684,
and R682 form a frequency compensation network to prevent the IC from
oscillating.
+40V
LOW LOAD
+18V
--0.7V
+40V
AVERAGE
LOAD
+18V
--0.7V
+40V
+18V
--0.7V
HIGH LOAD
Figure 4-2: Output duty cycle of the pulse width modulator used in the +18 V Power
Supply
Q481 and Q482 drive the switching transistor. Q482 provides forward base
current to the switching transistor, Q596. Q483 provides reverse base current to
effectively turn off Q596. Q596 operates with voltage levels between --0.7 V and
+40 V. CR594 is the commutating diode that sets the voltage level when Q596
is off (--.07 V) and current is still flowing in L591. The input filter circuit,
composed of L591 and C690, is effectively driven with a square wave; however
it is not a true square wave and is dependent on the loading of the +18 V supply.
See Figure 4-2. The output voltage is fed back to the FB input of U583, which
compares it to an internal reference voltage to determine the on time for the
4-13
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
internal pulse width modulator. Q588 is the current sense, sampling current
across R690 to provide a voltage level to the sensing input of U583. If the level
on the over current sense input (Sen) gets too high, U583 shuts down to prevent
damage.
L695 and C697 are the output filter providing a dc output that can be switched
onto the rear-panel L--Band connector to power a Block Down Converter.
DS698 is an LED indicator light which is lighted when the +18 V supply is
operating into a normal or no-load condition. If the +18 V output is shorted, the
light will extinguish.
Low Voltage Power Supply
Diagram 7
The Low Voltage Power Supply converts the mains line voltage (90 -- 250 Vac)
to supply the power requirements of the instrument. The voltages supplied by
the Low Voltage Power Supply are +40 V, ᐔ15 V, and +5 V.
The Low Voltage Power Supply is called a Flyback Switcher. When switcher
mosfet Q9 is turned on, its drain voltage drops to approximately 0 V. The
current through the 350 ꢀH primary winding of T3 begins ramping up. The
voltages present at all secondaries is such that the rectifier diodes are reverse
biased. Energy is being stored in the magnetic field of T3. When Q9 turns off,
the drain voltage “flies back” in a positive direction. Current now flows in all of
the secondary windings and supplies power.
4-14
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Line Rectifier and Filter
The input line voltage is filtered by the rear-panel connector to reduce the
electrical noise conducted into or out of the instrument. R89 limits the initial
charging current through the rectifier diodes and C54.
CR21, CR22, CR23, and CR24 form a bridge rectifier. C54 filters the 110 to
350 Vdc rectifier output. L4 filters the switching noise produced by the
switcher. R102 reduces the circulating current in the parallel circuit consisting of
L4 and C44. DS4, R93, and R94 form a line voltage indicator. R91 and R92
charge C42. C42 provides power to U5 until the primary housekeeping winding
provides power through CR17.
Pulse Width Modulator
U5 is a current-mode pulse width modulator (PWM). A current-mode PWM
uses two feedback loops. The inner current-feedback loop directly controls the
switcher mosfet peak current. The outer voltage-feedback loop programs the
inner loop peak current trip point.
U5 pin 2 is the inverting input of an internal op-amp. The non-inverting input is
set to 2.5 V by an internal voltage reference. Current from the peak detector
flows through R83 and R79. R84 provides a 100 ꢀA offset. The voltage at U5
pin 1 will vary in order to maintain U5 pin 2 at 2.5 V.
The voltage at U5 pin 1 is modified by an internal circuit and sets the trip point
of the internal comparator. U5 pin 3 is the external input to the comparator. R88
and C52, connected to U5 pin 4, set the internal oscillator to 80 kHz.
The circuit works as follows: The oscillator resets the latch and U5 pin 6 goes
high, turning the switcher mosfet on. The current through the switcher mosfet
4-15
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
increases, causing the voltage across R96 to increase. This voltage is divided by
R87 and R101, and is applied to the comparator (pin 3). When the voltage at U5
pin 3 reaches the comparator trip point, the latch toggles and the switcher mosfet
is turned off. This process is repeated at an 80 kHz rate.
C58 increases the PWM noise immunity by rolling off the internal op-amp
frequency response. R82 holds the switcher mosfet off as the circuit is powering
up. R81 slows the turn-on of the switcher mosfet while CR27 speeds up the turn
off.
Output Filters
The three output windings supply four output voltages. Each output is rectified
by a single diode and filtered by an LC pi filter.
Error Amplifier
The Error Amplifier regulates the +5 V output by feeding an error signal to the
Pulse Width Modulator. VR1 is a 2.5 V shunt regulator containing an op-amp
and a voltage reference. The +5 V is divided by R69 and R70 to provide 2.5 V
to VR1, with fine adjustment provided by R99. C40 and R71 determine the gain
and frequency response of VR1. VR4 controls overshoot of the +5 V at power
up. R98 and CR26 provide a minimum operating current for VR1. R68
decouples C39 from VR1. Overvoltage protection for the +5V supply is
provided by a crowbar circuit formed by Q11, VR3, R13, and R14.
Feedback Transformer
Driver and Peak Detector
The 80 kHz sawtooth waveform at U3 pin 3 trips comparator U3. U3 pin 1 then
feeds a trigger pulse to one-shot U4. U4 pin 13 outputs a 300 nS pulse to the
130 mA current source consisting of Q7 and Q8. When Q8 turns on, T2 pin 2 is
pulled down until CR15 (Error Amplifier) is forward biased. The negative-going
pulse at T2 pin 2 is peak detected by CR16 and C46. The dc voltage present at
the anode of CR16 feeds the pulse width modulator and the Output Under-Volt-
age Shutdown circuit. CR29 resets T2 between pulses.
Output Under-Voltage
Shutdown
If the +5 V is below 4.9 V, the Error Amplifier will cause the Peak Detector
output to go below 2.9 V. The output of comparator U3B will pull low and shut
down pulse width modulator U5. C47 and R96 delay the operation of U3B long
enough for the power supply to power up. If the +5 V does not reach 4.9 V
within 50 ms of power up, U3B will shut down the switcher. The power supply
will then cycle on and off every couple of seconds.
4-16
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
High Voltage Power Supply
Diagram 8
The High Voltage Power Supply generates the heater, cathode, control grid, focus
anode, and post accelerating potentials required to display the outputs of the
Vertical and Horizontal Output Amplifiers.
HV Osc and Error Amp
The High Voltage Power Supply is generated by a sine-wave oscillator and
step-up transformer. Q6 and T1 are the principal elements of an Armstrong
oscillator running at about 22 kHz. Error Amplifier U2 regulates the +100 V
output and keeps the High Voltage Power Supply constant under varying load
conditions by controlling the base current to Q6. The +100 V output is regulated
directly, while the High Voltage Power Supply is indirectly regulated through a
current feedback circuit.
R48, C16, R60, and R64 form the High Voltage Power Supply current feedback
circuit. As the current from the High Voltage Power Supply is increased, the
voltage to the + side of the Error Amplifier (U2) increases, which increases the
base drive to Q6, the HV Osc. This current feedback compromises the regula-
tion of the +100 V supply to keep the high voltage constant with varying
intensities.
C66 and Q10 are a start delay circuit that holds the Error Amplifier output low,
through CR30, until C66 is charged. Delaying the start of the high voltage
oscillator allows the Low Voltage Power Supply to start, unencumbered by the
load from the high voltage oscillator.
4-17
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Power Supply Outputs
CR4 is the high voltage rectifier. Filter capacitors C3, C4, and C8 work with
CR4 to provide --2530 V to the crt cathode. U1 is a four-times multiplier
providing +11 kV to the crt anode.
Focus Amplifier
Q1 and Q2 form an operational amplifier that sets the voltage at the bottom of
the focus divider. The front-panel FOCUS pot determines the voltage at the
bottom of the focus divider. The Center Focus control, R11, is set for optimum
beam focus, as viewed on the crt, with the front-panel FOCUS control set to mid
range. Once the Center Focus adjustment has been set, adjusting the front-panel
FOCUS control changes the voltage at the bottom end of the divider and,
consequently, the voltage on the crt focus anode.
The cathode of the crt is at a --2530 V potential with the grid coupled to the
Z–Axis Amplifier by the grid drive circuit. The grid is approximately 75 V
negative with respect to the cathode. The 200 V p-p sine wave present at the
cathode of CR8 is input to the Grid Drive circuit where it is clipped for use as
the crt control grid bias.
Grid Drive Circuit
The sine wave from the cathode of CR8 is coupled through R47 to a clipping
circuit consisting of CR5 and CR6. Clipping level for the positive excursion of
the sine wave is set by the CRT Bias adjustment, R58. The negative clipping
level is set by the front-panel INTENSITY control through the Z-Axis Amplifier.
The clipped sine wave is coupled through C11 to a rectifier made up of CR1 and
CR3. The rectified, clipped sine wave is the crt control grid bias voltage. C9
couples the blanking signal from the Z-Axis Amplifier to the crt control grid.
DS1 and DS2 limit the crt grid to cathode voltage at instrument turn on or off.
DS3 limits the crt heater to cathode voltage.
Z-Axis Amplifier
This is an inverting amplifier with negative feedback. R22 is the feedback
resistor while R7, R20, and R33 act to maintain the summing junction at +5 V.
Without any Z–Axis input current, the amplifier output is approximately +10 V.
Negative Z–Axis input current will cause the output to go positive.
4-18
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
Q5 is a current amplifier feeding the output stage. Q3 and Q4 form a push-pull
output stage. Q3 acts as a 2.7 mA constant current pull-up, while Q4 is the
pull-down transistor. C6 speeds up the amplifier by coupling ac signals to the
base of Q3. CR2 and R41 protect the amplifier during crt arcing.
CRT
The pinout for the CRT is shown in Figure 4-3.
Pin
1
2
Description
Filament (f)
Cathode (k)
4
5
3
6
7
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
11
12
13
14
GRID (g1)
FOCUS (g3)
ASTIG (g4)
GEOM (g5)
VERT PLATE (y2)
VERT PLATE (y1)
HORIZ PLATE (x2)
1st ANODE (g2)
HORIZ PLATE (x1)
Filament (f)
1
14
13
11
12
Figure 4-3: Pinout of the CRT Socket
4-19
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Theory of Operation
4-20
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
Section 5
Checks And Adjustments
This section consists of two separate procedures. The first, a Performance
Check, is used to determine compliance with the Performance Requirements in
the Specification. The second is the Adjustment Procedure, that provides the
instructions on how to adjust the instrument and return it to operation within the
specification.
In both procedures, front- and rear-panel controls and connectors, on the
instrument under test, are fully capitalized (e.g., 300 kHz RESOLUTION).
Control and connector names on test equipment and internal controls and
adjustments for the instrument under test are initial capitalized (e.g., Time/Div,
Geometry, etc.).
Limits, tolerances, and waveforms given in this section are guides to adjustments
and checks. They are not instrument specifications, except when listed in the
Performance Requirement column of the Specification Tables in Section 1 of this
manual.
Recommended Equipment List
The following equipment and accessory items are required to do the Performance
Check and/or Adjustment Procedures. Broad specifications are followed by a
piece of equipment that meets these specifications; in most cases, the recom-
mended instrument was used in preparing the procedures that follow.
Electrical Instruments
1. Test Oscilloscope
Vertical Amplifier:
30 MHz Bandwidth, 1 mV Sensitivity.
Time Base:
10 ns/Division to 5 ms/Division sweep speeds, triggering to 5 MHz.
For example: a TEKTRONIX 7603 Oscilloscope with a 7A18 Dual-Trace
Amplifier and a 7B53A Dual Time Base, or a TEKTRONIX 11403A
Oscilloscope with a 11A34V Video Amplifier and an 11T5H Video Trigger.
Also a 10X probe, P6106 (Tektronix Part No. 010-6106-03).
5-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
2. Leveled Sine Wave Generator, at least 250 kHz to 95 MHz.
For example: A TEKTRONIX SG503 Leveled Sine Wave Generator
installed in a TEKTRONIX TM500 Series Power Module.
3. Voltmeter
Range, 0 to greater than 100 Vdc; accuracy, 0.1%.
For example: A TEKTRONIX DM501A in a TM500 Series Power Module.
4. Power Module for powering and housing TEKTRONIX DM501A,
DC503A, FG503, 067-0916-00, and 015-0408-00.
For example: A TEKTRONIX TM506 Power Module.
5. UHF Signal Generator
A frequency range of at least 900 to 1800 MHz, with an amplitude of
--20 dBm, or more, and flatness within 3 dB over the frequency range.
Accurate step attenuator calibrated in dB (0 to --60).
For example: A TEKTRONIX TR502 Tracking Generator and associated
equipment, a Wavetek Model 3520, or a Hewlett Packard 8614A Signal
Generator with 8496A Attenuator/110 dB.
6. Variable Autotransformer
For example: General Radio Metered Auto Transformer W10MT3W. If
220 volt operation must be checked, a conversion transformer or appropriate
220 volt autotransformer is needed.
7. Comb Generator
For example: Tektronix Part No. 015-1054-00.
Auxiliary Equipment
8. 50Ω Coaxial Cable
Two required.
For example: Tektronix Part No. 012-0057-01.
9. Bnc Male-to-bnc Male Adapter
For example: Tektronix Part No. 103-0029-00.
10. F-Type Male-to-bnc Female Adapter
For example: Tektronix Part No. 103-0158-00.
5-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
11. SMA Male-to-bnc Female Adapter
Two required (supplied with the Tektronix Comb Generator).
For example: Tektronix Part No. 015-1018-00.
12. SMB Female-to-bnc Female Adapter
For example: Coaxial Components Corporation Part No. 2525-4.
Performance Check
The Short-Form Procedure is intended for those who are familiar with the
complete Performance Check procedure. Step numbers and sub-step designa-
tions correlate directly to the steps in the Performance Check Procedure; this
makes it possible to use the Short-Form Procedure as a table of contents.
Short-Form Procedure
1. Preliminary Setup
a. Connect autotransformer.
b. Connect markers from Comb Generator.
2. Check Power Supply Operation
d. CHECK -- for stable operation over the prescribed voltage range.
3. Check LNB Power Supply
c. CHECK -- that the rear-panel, red indicator lamp is lighted and that the
DVM reads +18 V 0.9 V.
e. CHECK -- that the red indicator lamp extinguishes and then comes back
on when the short is removed.
4. Check 70 MHz Linearity
c. CHECK -- for 10 frequency markers from beginning to end of sweep.
d. CHECK -- that each marker is within one minor Division of a major
graticule Division.
5. Check 70 MHz SPAN/DIV and Readout
d. CHECK -- for one mark every 5 major Divisions, 1 major Division.
k. CHECK -- that readout reads 45, 1 count.
m. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
5-3
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
6. Check Resolution Filter
b. CHECK -- that the marker width 0.6 Divisions down from the top is
3 Divisions, 1 Division.
e. CHECK -- that the marker width 0.6 Divisions down from the top of the
signal is ≤2 minor Divisions.
f. CHECK -- that the 10 kHz marker amplitude matches the highest point
of the 300 kHz marker amplitude within 1 minor Division.
7. Check 70 MHz Gain and Flatness
e. CHECK -- for a marker amplitude change of 2 Divisions, 2 minor
Divisions when switching the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude
Multiplier between .01 and 0.1 (a 20 dB change).
i. CHECK -- that the tip of the marker is on the crt center line, 1 minor
Division (vertically).
8. Check Video Filter
d. CHECK -- that the baseline noise amplitude drops approximately 50%
when the VIDEO FILTER is ON.
9. Check Sweep Speed
b. CHECK -- for a solid trace with almost no flicker.
d. CHECK -- for approximately 3 to 4 sweeps per second.
Alternate Method
e. CHECK -- for a ramp duration of 20 ms 10 ms.
h. CHECK -- for a ramp duration of 200 ms 100 ms.
10. Check L--Band Linearity
e. CHECK -- for 10 frequency markers.
f. CHECK -- that each marker is within 1 minor Division of a major
graticule line.
11. Check L--Band SPAN/DIV and Readout
d. CHECK -- for 1 marker every 5 Divisions, 1 Division.
i. CHECK -- for 1 marker every 5 Divisions, 1 Division.
o. CHECK -- that the marker is intensified.
q. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
5-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
s. CHECK -- that the readout still reads 1000, 10.
u. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
v. CHECK -- that the readout still reads 1000, 10.
x. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
12. Check L--Band Gain and Flatness
e. CHECK -- that the marker is on the same crt center line (vertically),
0.5 Division.
g. CHECK -- that the marker is on the same crt line (vertically), 0.5
Division.
j. CHECK -- that the marker tip is on the --10 reference line, 0.5
Division. Note: Make sure that the baseline is on the --70 graticule
reference line.
13. Check Positioning Range
b. CHECK -- that the tip can be positioned 2 Divisions left and right of
center.
e. CHECK -- that the marker tip can be positioned 3 Divisions down from
its present position.
f. CHECK -- that the baseline can be positioned to the --30 graticule line.
14. Check 2 dB/Div Gain
g. CHECK -- for more than 1 Division of amplitude change.
h. CHECK -- that the noise floor can be positioned on screen.
Long Form Procedure
1. Preliminary Setup
a. Connect the 1705A ac power cord to the variable autotransformer. Turn
power on and set the autotransformer to the local nominal mains voltage
(110 V or 220 V). Allow 15 minutes for warm-up time before continu-
ing.
b. Set up the 1705A as shown in Table 5--1.
5-5
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Checks and Adjustments
Table 5-1: Preliminary Control Settings
POWER
ON
INTENSITY
Set to Preference
FOCUS
SCALE
VERTICAL POSITION
HORIZONTAL POSITION
INPUT
Set later
70 MHz
300 kHz
off
RESOLUTION
VIDEO
SPAN/DIV
FULL
CENTER FREQUENCY
SWEEP SPEED
anywhere
SG503
1705A
VARIABLE
AUTOTRANSFORMER
!
!
Comb
Generator
70 MHz
INPUT
Figure 5-1: Initial equipment connections
5-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
c. Connect the leveled sine wave generator output to the comb generator.
Connect the comb generator output to the 1705A rear-panel 70 MHz
INPUT. See Figure 5-1.
2. Check Power Supply Operation
REQUIREMENT — Check ac input range, 90 -- 250 V.
a. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 5.0 MHz, the
Amplitude Multiplier to X1, and the Amplitude to 4.0 (+16 dBm).
b. Adjust the controls for a usable display.
c. Vary the autotransformer from low-line to high-line voltage (90 - 132 V
for 110 V, or 180 - 250 V for 220 V operation).
d. CHECK -- for stable operation over the prescribed voltage range. (Note:
If the LNB POWER is on and in use, the requirement is derated to 100 --
132 V or 200 -- 250 V.)
e. Return the autotransformer to the local nominal mains voltage.
3. Check LNB Power Supply
REQUIREMENT — +18 Vdc 5%.
a. Connect DVM leads between the center conductor of the L--BAND
INPUT connector and ground.
b. Turn on the LNB POWER switch.
c. CHECK -- that the rear-panel, LNB POWER LED is ON, and that the
DVM reads +18 V 0.9 V.
d. Temporarily (approximately 2 seconds) short the L--BAND INPUT
connector center conductor to ground.
e. CHECK -- that the red indicator lamp extinguishes and then comes back
on when the short is removed.
f. Turn LNB POWER off.
CAUTION. The LNB POWER switch MUST be turned off for the rest of this
procedure to prevent damage to the generators used in later steps.
4. Check 70 MHz Linearity
REQUIREMENT — One marker per Division 1 minor Division.
5-7
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
a. Adjust FOCUS, INTENSITY, SCALE, and SWEEP SPEED for a
useable display.
b. Place the 2nd marker on the left edge of the graticule. See Figure 5-2.
ALIGN 2nd
MARKER HERE
CHECK THAT 3rd
MARKER IS +/-- 1 MINOR
DIVISION FROM HERE
4th major
graticule division
3rd major
graticule division
Left edge of
graticule
Figure 5-2: Check time mark graticule alignment
c. CHECK -- for 10 frequency markers from beginning to end of sweep.
d. CHECK -- that each marker is within 1 minor Division of a major
graticule line when the 2nd marker is on the left edge of the graticule
(see Figure 5-2).
5. Check 70 MHz SPAN/DIV and Readout
REQUIREMENT — One marker per 5 Divisions 1 Division. Readout
accuracy: L--Band 20 MHz. 70 MHz 2 MHz.
a. Select 1 MHz SPAN/DIV.
b. Set the CENTER FREQUENCY to read 70 MHz.
c. Center the readout caret horizontally on screen.
d. CHECK -- for 1 marker every 5 major Divisions, 1 major Division.
Readjust CENTER FREQUENCY, if necessary.
e. Repeat with Center Frequency at 50 MHz and 90 MHz.
f. Connect the leveled sine wave generator to the 70 MHz input without
the comb generator. See Figure 5-3.
5-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
SG503
1705A
VARIABLE
AUTOTRANSFORMER
!
!
70 MHz
INPUT
Figure 5-3: Output of the SG503 connected directly to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT
g. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 45 MHz, Amplitude
Multiplier to .01, and Amplitude to 0.5 (--42 dBm).
h. Set the 1705A SPAN/DIV to FULL, and the CENTER FREQUENCY to
read 45 MHz. Check to see that the marker is intensified.
i. Set the 1705A SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz and check that the marker is on
screen.
j. Position the marker under the readout caret with the CENTER FRE-
QUENCY control.
k. CHECK -- that readout reads 45, 1 count.
l. Set SPAN/DIV to 100 kHz.
m. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
n. Repeat steps h. through m., substituting 95 MHz.
o. Leave SPAN/DIV at 100 kHz.
5-9
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
6. Check Resolution Filter
REQUIREMENT -- 300 kHz Filter Resolution 200 -- 400 kHz. 10 kHz
Filter Resolution 20 kHz or less. Filter through gain matches 2 dB.
a. Adjust the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude for a 5 Division signal
amplitude.
b. CHECK -- that the marker width 0.6 Divisions down from the top of the
signal is 3 Divisions, 1 Division.
c. Change resolution to 10 kHz.
d. Set SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise.
e. CHECK -- that the marker width 0.6 Divisions down from the top of the
signal is ≤2 minor Divisions.
f. CHECK -- that the 10 kHz marker amplitude matches the highest point
of the 300 kHz marker amplitude within 1 minor Division, when
switching between 300 KHZ and 10 KHZ RESOLUTION.
7. Check 70 MHz Gain and Flatness
REQUIREMENT -- Incremental Amplitude Accuracy 4 dB/70 MHz.
Flatness 1 minor Division from 70 MHz to either 50 or 90 MHz.
a. Set SPAN/DIV to FULL.
b. Set RESOLUTION to 300 kHz.
c. Set SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise.
d. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 70 MHz, the Ampli-
tude Multiplier to X1, and the Amplitude to 0.5 (--2 dBm).
e. CHECK -- for a marker amplitude change of 2 Divisions, 2 minor
Divisions when switching the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude
Multiplier between 0.01 and 0.1 (a 20 dB change).
f. Set the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude Multiplier to 0.01 and
Amplitude to 0.5 (--42 dBm).
g. Position the tip of the marker to exact crt center with the HORIZONTAL
and VERTICAL POSITION controls.
h. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 50 MHz.
i. CHECK -- that the tip of the marker is on the crt center line, 1 minor
Division (vertically).
j. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 90 MHz.
5-10
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
k. CHECK -- that the marker tip is on the crt center line 1 minor
Division (vertically).
8. Check Video Filter
REQUIREMENT -- Video Filter reduces noise by approximately 50%.
a. Be sure that the VIDEO FILTER is OFF.
b. Position the baseline on screen with the VERTICAL POSITION control.
c. Switch between VIDEO FILTER ON and OFF.
d. CHECK -- that the baseline noise amplitude drops approximately 50%
when the VIDEO FILTER is ON.
9. Check Sweep Speed
REQUIREMENT -- Typically 20 -- 200 ms.
a. Verify that SPAN/DIV is set to FULL and that SWEEP SPEED is set
fully clockwise.
b. CHECK -- for a solid trace with almost no flicker.
c. Set SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise.
d. CHECK -- for about 3 to 4 sweeps per second.
e. Return SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise.
Alternate Method
a. Connect the oscilloscope 10X probe to W2.
b. Set the oscilloscope timebase to 5 ms/Div.
c. Set the oscilloscope vertical to 2 Volts/Div.
d. Set SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise.
e. CHECK -- for a ramp duration of 20 ms 10 ms.
f. Set SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise.
g. Set the oscilloscope timebase to 50 ms/Div.
h. CHECK -- for a ramp duration of 200 ms 100 ms.
i. Remove probe. Return SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise.
5-11
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
10. Check L--Band Linearity
REQUIREMENT -- One marker per Division 1 minor Division.
a. Connect the output of the leveled sine wave generator, through the comb
generator, to the 1705A L--BAND INPUT. See Figure 5-4.
SG503
1705A
VARIABLE
AUTOTRANSFORMER
L -BAND
INPUT
Comb
Generator
Figure 5-4: Equipment connections for L-Band checkout
b. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 100 MHz, Amplitude
Multiplier to X1, and the Amplitude to 1.5 (8 dBm).
c. Set the 1705A INPUT to L--BAND.
d. Set the SPAN/DIV to FULL.
e. CHECK -- for 10 frequency markers. (Ignore any sweep start marker.)
f. CHECK – that each marker is within one minor Division of a major
graticule line when the 2nd marker is on the first graticule line in from
the left. See Figure 5-5.
5-12
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
ALIGN 2nd
MARKER HERE
DISREGARD
#2
GRATICULE
LINE
#1
GRATICULE
LINE
Figure 5-5: Aligning L-Band time markers with the graticule lines. The graticule
begins with 0 while the time markers are counted 1, 2, 3, etc. The first and last
divisions of sweep should be disregarded
11. Check L--Band SPAN/DIV and Readout
REQUIREMENTS:
FULL — 1 marker/Division 1 minor Division
10 MHz — 1 marker/5 Divisions 1 Division
1 MHz — 1 marker/5 Divisions 1 Division
Readout Accuracy — 20 MHz.
a. Set CENTER FREQUENCY to 1400 MHz, and set SPAN/DIV to 10
MHz.
b. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 50 MHz.
c. Position the readout caret to center of screen horizontally.
d. CHECK -- for 1 marker every 5 Divisions, 1 Division (adjust
CENTER FREQUENCY, if necessary).
e. Repeat parts a. through d. with CENTER FREQUENCY at 950 MHz
and 1700 MHz.
f. Set CENTER FREQUENCY to 1400 MHz.
g. Set SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz.
5-13
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
h. Change the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 5 MHz, Amplitude
Multiplier to X1, and the Amplitude to 3.0 (14 dBm).
i. CHECK -- for 1 marker every 5 Divisions, 1 Division (adjust
CENTER FREQUENCY, if necessary).
j. Repeat parts f. through i. with CENTER FREQUENCY at 950 MHz and
1700 MHz.
k. Remove the leveled sine wave generator and comb generator from the
1705A L--BAND INPUT.
l. Connect the UHF signal generator output to the 1705A L--BAND
INPUT. See Figure 5--6.
VARIABLE
AUTOTRANSFORMER
L -BAND
INPUT
1705A
UHF SINE
WAVE
GENERATOR
Figure 5-6: Using the UHF Signal Generator to check L-Band Span/Division,
Readout, Gain, and Flatness
m. Set the UHF signal generator Amplitude to --50 dBm and Frequency to
1000 MHz.
n. Set the 1705A SPAN/DIV to FULL. Dial the CENTER FREQUENCY
until readout reads 1000 MHz.
o. CHECK -- that the marker is intensified.
p. Set SPAN/DIV to 10 MHz.
q. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
r. Position the marker under the caret with the CENTER FREQUENCY
control.
5-14
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
s. CHECK -- that the readout still reads 1000, 10.
t. Set SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz.
u. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen. Position the marker under the
caret with the CENTER FREQUENCY control.
v. CHECK -- that the readout still reads 1000, 10.
w. Set SPAN/DIV to 100 kHz.
x. CHECK -- that the marker is on screen.
y. Repeat steps m. through x., substituting 1700 MHz.
12. Check L--Band Gain and Flatness
REQUIREMENT -- Flatness: 5 dB ( from center (1400 MHz)).
Relative Amplitude Accuracy 3 dB/100 MHz. (Typically 1 dB/100
MHz.)
a. Set SPAN/DIV to FULL.
b. Set the 1705A SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise.
c. Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz and Amplitude to
--30 dBm. Position the tip of the marker to the --10 graticule reference
line (vertical scale).
d. Change the UHF signal generator Frequency to 950 MHz.
e. CHECK -- that the marker is on the same crt center line (vertically),
0.5 Division.
f. Change the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1700 MHz.
g. CHECK -- that the marker is on the same crt line (vertically), 0.5
Division.
h. Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz.
i. Position tip of marker to crt center.
j. CHECK -- that the marker tip is on the --10 graticule reference line,
0.5 Division. Note: Make sure that the baseline is on the --70
graticule reference line.
13. Check Positioning Range
REQUIREMENT -- Vertical: + and --3 Divisions, Horizontal: + and --2
Divisions.
5-15
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
a. Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz, and Amplitude to
--60 dBm.
b. CHECK -- that the tip can be positioned 2 Divisions left and right of
center.
c. Set the UHF signal generator Amplitude to --30 dBm.
d. Position baseline on the --60 graticule reference line.
e. CHECK -- that the marker tip can be positioned 3 Divisions down from
its present position.
f. CHECK -- that the baseline can be positioned to the --30 graticule line.
14. Check 2 dB/DIV Gain
REQUIREMENT -- Greater than 1 Division of amplitude change while
changing from --50 dBm to --53 dBm.
a. Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz, and Amplitude to
--50 dBm.
b. Hold the VIDEO push button until 2 dB/Div appears on the crt readout.
c. Use the CENTER FREQUENCY control to locate the 1400 MHz
marker.
d. Select 100 kHz SPAN/DIV. Using CENTER FREQUENCY and
VERTICAL controls, check that the marker tip can be positioned on
screen.
e. Return to FULL SPAN.
f. Turn the 1705A SWEEP SPEED control fully counterclockwise.
g. CHECK -- for more than 1 Division of amplitude change while
switching the frequency generator between --50 dBm and --53 dBm.
h. CHECK -- that the noise floor can be positioned on screen.
i. Hold the VIDEO push button down again to exit the 2 dB/Div mode.
End of the Performance Check Procedure
5-16
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
Adjustment Procedure
The Adjustment Procedure covers only adjustments. Checks, other than those
that must be made to ensure a step is completed, are in the Performance Check
Procedure.
There are actually two Adjustment Procedures, the short-form version is
provided for those familiar with the adjustments, while the longer (more
detailed) procedure is provided for those who need it.
Allow 20 minutes of warm-up time, at normal room temperature (approximately
25° C) before making any adjustments to the instrument.
Short-Form Procedure
The Short-Form Adjustment Procedure has the adjustment steps in the same
order as the longer form of the procedure, so the Short-Form Procedure can be
used as an index for the Long Form. Circuit numbers for parts adjusted in the
step are also included with the step title.
A1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD
1. Adjust +5 V (R99)
2. Adjust CRT Bias (R58)
3. Adjust Geometry (R45), Center Focus (R11) and Astigmatism (R49)
4. Adjust Trace Rotation
A3 MAIN BOARD
5. Adjust On-Board Regulated Power Supplies (R99, --11.8V; R111, +11.8V)
6. Adjust Horizontal Gain (R168)
7. Adjust Readout Position (R27, Horizontal; R29, Vertical)
8. Adjust 360/119.8 MHz L.O. (C55, C69, L4, FL1, and FL2)
9. Adjust Ramp Size (R113)
10. Adjust 70 MHz Band Linearity (R55, R49, R56, R48, and R57)
11. Adjust 10 kHz Filter (C52, C62, C64, and R175)
12. Adjust L-Band Linearity (R35, R51, R58, R75, R81, and R82)
13. Adjust Readout Range (R4)
14. Adjust Span/Div Magnification Registration (R27)
5-17
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
15. Adjust Span/Div Magnifier Range (R38 and R37)
16. Adjust Intensified Zone Range (R61 and R36)
17. Adjust Vertical Gain (R176, R239, R240, and R232)
18. Adjust 2 dB/Div Position (R140)
19. Adjust 590 MHz Notch (C69)
Long Form Procedure
Figure 5-7 shows the 1705A Spectrum Monitor internal adjustment locations.
PRELIMINARY SETUP
Connect the 1705A ac power cord to the variable autotransformer. Turn the
1705A power on. Set the front-panel controls to start this procedure as
shown in Table 5--2.
Table 5-2: Preliminary Control Settings
POWER
ON
INTENSITY
Set to Preference
FOCUS
SCALE
VERTICAL POSITION
HORIZONTAL POSITION
INPUT
Set later
70 MHz
300 kHz
ON
RESOLUTION
VIDEO
SPAN/DIV
FULL
CENTER FREQUENCY
SWEEP SPEED
anywhere
A1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD
(Refer to Figure 5-7 for adjustment locations.)
1. Adjust +5 V
a. Connect the DMM negative lead to TP1 (GND) and the positive lead to
W1 (+5V).
b. ADJUST -- R99 (+5V ADJ) for +5.0 V ᐔ0.5V.
5-18
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
2. Adjust CRT Bias
a. Turn the INTENSITY control fully counterclockwise.
b. ADJUST -- R58 (CRT BIAS) so that the display is just extinguished.
c. Set INTENSITY control for a useable display.
FL1
L4
J11
R99
R111
C69
W8
R89
FL2
C52
R27
R29
C64
C62
R55
R48
R49
R56
R57
W2
R175
R176
R4
W5
R82
R35
R51
R36
R81
R75
R58
R113
R240
R232
R37
R38
R239
W11
R61
R168
R140
W12
A3 MAIN BD
FRONT
FOCUS
R11
CAUTION
MAINS
VOLTAGE
CRT
BIAS
R58
+5V
ADJ
GEOM
R45
ASTIG
R49
W4 -15V
W1 +5V
W3 +15V
R99
A1 PWR SPLY BD
Figure 5-7: Adjustment locations
5-19
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
3. Adjust Geometry, Focus, and Astigmatism
Display the DAC test pattern by completing parts a. through c.
a. Press both the 1705A SPAN/DIV buttons simultaneously to display the
Main Menu.
b. Press either SPAN/DIV button to move the cursor to TEST, then press
the INPUT button to display the TEST menu.
c. Press either SPAN/DIV button to move the cursor to DAC, then press
the INPUT button to display the DAC test pattern.
d. Set the front-panel FOCUS control so that it is approximately at the
center of its rotation.
e. ADJUST -- R45 (GEOM) for 35V ᐔ1V at pin 1 of J3.
f. ADJUST -- R11 (CTR FOCUS) and R49 (ASTIG) for the most
clearly-defined DAC test pattern. See Figure 5-8.
REF
Tek
--10
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
+ f
Figure 5-8: DAC check waveforms used to check Focus, Astigmatism, Geometry,
and setting of the Trace Rotation (DAC test pattern may vary in size from instru-
ment to instrument)
4. Adjust Trace Rotation
a. ADJUST -- the front-panel TRACE ROTATION potentiometer for a
level display, using a crt graticule line as a reference.
5-20
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
b. Exit the DAC test pattern by first pressing the INPUT button to display
the TEST menu.
c. Press either SPAN/DIV button to move the cursor to EXIT, then press
the INPUT button twice to return to a normal display.
A3 MAIN BOARD
(Refer to Figure 5-7 for adjustment locations)
5. Adjust On-Board Regulated Power Supplies
a. Connect the voltmeter ground lead to the rear-panel LNB POWER
switch ground lug, and the active lead to the --11.8 V test point (W8).
See Figure 5-7.
b. ADJUST -- R 9 9 ( -- 1 1 . 8 V A D J ) f o r -- 1 1 . 8 V ( -- 1 1 . 7 8 t o -- 1 1 . 8 2 V ) .
c. Connect the voltmeter active lead to the +11.8 V test point (W9). See
Figure 5-7.
d. ADJUST -- R111 (+11.8 V ADJ) for +11.8 V (+11.78 to +11.82 V).
6. Adjust Horizontal Gain
a. Connect a shorting strap between W11 and W12. See Figure 5-9.
SHORTING
STRAP
W11
W12
Figure 5-9: Location of the shorting strap used when adjusting sweep length
b. ADJUST -- R168 (HORIZ GAIN) for a sweep length of 10 major
Divisions. Use the --60 horizontal graticule line as the reference.
c. Remove the shorting strap.
5-21
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
7. Adjust Readout Position
Display the DAC test pattern by completing parts a. through c.
a. Press both the 1705A SPAN/DIV buttons simultaneously to display the
Main Menu.
b. Press either SPAN/DIV button to move the cursor to TEST, then press
the INPUT button to display the TEST menu.
c. Press either SPAN/DIV button to move the cursor to DAC, then press
the INPUT button to display the DAC test pattern.
d. ADJUST -- R27 and R29 (HORIZ and VERT POSN READOUT) for a
display crossing at the crt center.
e. Exit the DAC test pattern by first pressing the INPUT button to display
the TEST menu.
f. Press either SPAN/DIV button to move the cursor to EXIT, then press
the INPUT button twice to return to a normal display.
8. Adjust 360/119.8 MHz L.O.
NOTE. Use an insulated tool for the following adjustments.
a. Adjust the VERTICAL POSITION control so that the crt trace is on the
--70 graticule reference line.
b. Connect the signal generator to J11 (480 MHz IF Input). Set the output
Frequency for 489.7 MHz and the Amplitude to --40 dBm.
c. Select 300 kHz RESOLUTION.
d. Set C55 to full mesh, C69 to 1/8 mesh, and L4 to the top of the coil
(three slug threads visible).
e. ADJUST -- FL1 for maximum signal (three screws beginning at the
outside adjustment screw). If no signal is present, adjust L4 down a few
turns and then adjust FL1.
f. ADJUST -- C55 for maximum signal. (C55 should peak at about 1/8 to
1/2 mesh.)
g. ADJUST -- FL1, center and inside screws (do not readjust the outside
screw), for maximum signal. (Less than one turn should be required.)
h. ADJUST -- FL2 for maximum signal (three screws beginning at the back
screw).
5-22
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
i. Repeat part i. using 2 dB/Div if necessary.
j. ADJUST -- C69 for maximum signal.
k. ADJUST -- L4 for maximum signal. (The slug may be removed if L4
provides no benefit.)
l. Repeat this step as necessary until the signal amplitude is 37 to 43 dB
above the noise floor.
9. Adjust Ramp Size
a. On the 1705A select 70 MHz INPUT, turn the CENTER FREQUENCY
knob fully counterclockwise, and set the SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz.
b. Set the DVM to AC Volts.
c. Connect the ground lead to chassis ground and the active lead to W5.
See Figure 5-7.
d. Note reading on the DVM (should be ¶0.4 volts).
e. Connect the DVM to W2. See Figure 5-7.
f. Set the 1705A SPAN/DIV to FULL.
g. ADJUST -- R113 (FULL GAIN) to match the reading from part d.
10. Adjust 70 MHz Band Linearity
a. Set SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise, SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz, and adjust
the HORIZONTAL POSITION to place the caret on the center graticule.
b. Set the SPAN/DIV to FULL.
c. Connect the signal generator output to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT.
d. Set the signal generator Frequency to 45 MHz, and the Amplitude to
--25 dBm.
e. ADJUST -- R55 to place the signal on the extreme left graticule.
NOTE. Ramp start amplitude (step 9) should be verified after R55 and 70 MHz
linearity are completed and the 70 MHz tuner cover is on. All of these adjust-
ments interact and ramp start amplitude is critical for proper linearity.
f. Connect the signal generator output to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT
through the comb generator.
5-23
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
g. Set the signal generator Frequency to 5.0 MHz, and the Amplitude to
+10 dBm.
h. Position the first marker at the extreme left graticule.
i. ADJUST -- R49, R56, R48, then adjust R57 to position one marker per
major Division over the 10 major graticule Divisions, 1 minor
Division. (All these adjustments affect dc level of ramp start in 70 MHz
tuner.)
11. Adjust 10 kHz Filter
a. Remove the comb generator and reconnect the cable from the signal
generator to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT.
b. Set the signal generator Frequency to 70 MHz, and the Amplitude to --25
dBm.
c. On the 1705A set SPAN/DIV to 100 kHz, adjust CENTER FREQUEN-
CY to position the marker onto the screen, and set RESOLUTION to 10
kHz.
d. ADJUST -- C52, C62, and C64 for a tall, symmetrical signal (¶6
Divisions).
e. Set RESOLUTION to 300 kHz, and turn SWEEP SPEED fully
counterclockwise.
f. ADJUST -- R175 to match the signal amplitude of the highest point of
the 300 kHz filtered marker with the tip of the 10 kHz filtered marker
while switching between 10 kHz and 300 kHz RESOLUTION.
12. Adjust L--Band Linearity
a. Set INPUT to L--BAND and SPAN/DIV to 10 MHz. Adjust the
HORIZONTAL POSITION control to center the caret, and then set
SPAN/DIV to FULL.
b. Connect the signal generator output to the L--BAND INPUT.
c. Set the signal generator Frequency to 900 MHz, and Amplitude to --30
dBm.
d. ADJUST -- R35 to position the signal on the extreme left graticule.
e. Connect the signal generator output to the L--BAND INPUT through the
comb generator.
f. Set the signal generator Frequency to 100 MHz, and Amplitude to +10
dBm.
5-24
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
g. ADJUST -- R51, R58, R75, R81, and R82 for a linear display with each
marker on a graticule mark, 1 minor Division.
h. Readjust R35 to place first marker on the extreme left graticule.
NOTE. Readjustment of R35 may cause a change in linearity.
13. Adjust Readout Range
a. Turn CENTER FREQUENCY fully counterclockwise.
b. ADJUST -- R4 (Readout Cal) so the frequency readout displays
900 MHz.
14. Adjust Span/Div Magnification Registration
a. Set SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz.
b. Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control to position any marker under
the readout caret.
c. Set SPAN/DIV to 10 MHz.
d. ADJUST -- R27 (Horiz Posn Readout) to position the caret directly over
the marker.
e. Set SPAN/DIV to 1 MHz. Marker should be under caret 1 minor
Division.
f. Adjust the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to place the caret at the
center of the screen.
g. If R27 requires adjustment, check step 10 parts a. through e. (R55), and
check step 12 parts a. through d. (R35).
15. Adjust Span/Div Magnifier Range
a. Set SPAN/DIV to 10 MHz.
b. Use the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to position the caret to the
center screen graticule line.
c. Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control fully clockwise (the readout
should display 2000 MHz 50 MHz).
d. Set the signal generator Frequency to 1800 MHz, and Amplitude to --30
dBm.
5-25
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
e. Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control counterclockwise until the
frequency readout display is 1800 MHz.
f. ADJUST -- R38 (Offset) to position the 1800 MHz marker directly
under the caret.
g. Set the signal generator Frequency to 1000 MHz.
h. Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control to display 1000 MHz.
i. ADJUST -- R37 (Offset Gain) to position the 1000 MHz marker directly
under the caret.
j. Repeat this step until the markers at 1800 and 1000 MHz are properly
positioned.
16. Adjust Intensified Zone Range
a. Set the SPAN/DIV to FULL.
b. Set the signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz, and Amplitude to --30
dBm.
c. Adjust the CENTER FREQUENCY control so the readout displays 1400
MHz.
d. ADJUST -- R61 to center the intensified zone on the 1400 MHz marker.
e. Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 1000 MHz.
f. Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control counterclockwise to 1000
MHz.
g. ADJUST -- R36 to center the intensified zone on the 900 MHz marker.
h. Repeat this step until the intensified zone is centered on appropriate
markers.
17. Adjust Vertical Gain
a. Set the 1705A SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise.
b. Set the signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz, and Amplitude to
--30 dBm.
c. ADJUST -- R176 for a three-Division shift ( 0.25 major Divisions)
when switching the input level between --30 and --60 dBm.
d. Set VERTICAL POSITION to place the noise floor one major Division
up from the bottom graticule line.
5-26
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
e. ADJUST -- R239 (IF AGC) for maximum signal amplitude.
f. ADJUST -- R240 (RF AGC) so the signal is one major Division ( 0.5
major Divisions) down from the top graticule line.
g. ADJUST -- R232 to its midpoint.
18. Adjust 2 dB/Div Position
a. Disconnect the signal from the L--BAND INPUT.
b. Turn VERTICAL POSITION fully clockwise.
c. Hold the VIDEO push button down until 2 dB/Div appears on the crt
readout.
d. ADJUST -- R140 to position the noise floor to center screen.
e. Hold the VIDEO push button down again to exit the 2 dB/Div mode.
19. Adjust 590 MHz Notch
a. Select L--BAND INPUT and set the SPAN/DIV to 10 MHz.
b. Connect the signal generator to the L--BAND INPUT.
c. Set the signal generator Frequency to 1200 MHz, and Amplitude to
--20 dBm.
d. Use the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to place the 1200 MHz
signal at the extreme left graticule mark. A small spur should be visible
near the extreme right graticule mark. Note: R240, RF AGC, may be
adjusted to ease visibility of the spur. Be sure to reset R240 (step 17
part f.).
e. ADJUST -- C69 carefully until spur is minimized. Note: While
adjusting C69, note the 1200 MHz amplitude. The spur should be
minimized without reducing the 1200 MHz spike by more than 2 dB.
End of Adjustment Procedure
5-27
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Checks and Adjustments
5-28
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Section 6
Maintenance
This section contains instructions for preventive maintenance, diagnostics,
general troubleshooting, and corrective maintenance. If the instrument does not
function properly, troubleshooting and corrective measures should be taken
immediately to circumvent additional problems.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning, visual inspection, performance
checking, and, if needed, readjustment. The preventive maintenance schedule
established for the instrument should be based on the environment in which it is
operated and the amount of use. Under average conditions, scheduled preventive
maintenance should be performed every 2000 hours of operation.
Cleaning
CAUTION. A 2% RMA flux content solder is recommended for making repairs in
this instrument. Cleaning of rosin residue is not recommended. Most cleaning
solvents tend to reactivate the rosin and spread it under components where it
may cause corrosion under humid conditions. The rosin residue, if left alone,
does not exhibit these corrosive properties.
The instrument should be cleaned often enough to prevent dust or dirt from
accumulating. Dirt acts as a thermal insulating blanket that prevents effective
heat dissipation, and can provide high-resistance electrical leakage paths between
conductors or components in a humid environment.
Exterior. Clean the dust from the outside of the instrument by wiping with a
soft cloth or small brush. A brush is especially useful to remove dust from
around the selector buttons, knobs, and connectors. Hardened dirt may be
removed with a cloth dampened in water that contains a mild detergent.
Abrasive cleaners should not be used.
Crt. Clean the crt protective shield, light filter, and crt face with a soft, lint-free
cloth dampened in denatured alcohol.
Interior. Clean the interior of the instrument by loosening the accumulated dust
with a dry, soft brush. Once the dirt is loosened remove it with low--pressure air
(high-velocity air can damage some parts). Hardened dirt or grease may be
removed with a cotton-tipped applicator dampened with a solution of mild
6-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
detergent and water. Abrasive cleaners should not be used. If the circuit board
assemblies must be removed for cleaning, follow the instructions for removal/re-
placement under the heading of Corrective Maintenance.
After cleaning, allow the interior to thoroughly dry before applying power to the
instrument.
CAUTION. Do not allow water to get inside any enclosed assembly or component. Do
not clean any plastic materials with organic cleaning solvents, such as benzene,
toluene, xylene, acetone, or similar compounds, because they may damage the plastic.
Visual Inspection
After cleaning, carefully check the instrument for defective connections,
damaged parts, and improperly seated transistors or integrated circuits. The
remedy for most visible defects is obvious; however, if heat--damaged parts are
discovered, determine the cause of overheating before replacing the damaged
part, to prevent additional damage.
Periodic checks of the transistors and integrated circuits are not recommended.
The best measure of performance is the actual operation of the component in the
circuit.
Static-Sensitive
Components
This instrument contains electrical components that are susceptible to damage
from static discharge. Static voltages 1 kV to 30 kV are common in unprotected
environments. Table 6--1 shows the relative static discharge susceptibility of
various semiconductor classes.
Table 6-1: Static Susceptibility
Relative Susceptibility Levels
Voltage
100 V - 500 V
200 V - 500 V
250 V
1
2
3
CMOS
ECL
SCHOTTKY SIGNAL
DIODES
4
5
SCHOTTKY TTL
500 V
HF BIPOLAR TRAN-
SISTORS
400 to 600 V
6
7
8
JFETS
600 to 800 V
400 to 1000 V est.
900 V
LINEAR ꢀCIRCUITS
LOW POWER SCHOTT-
KY TTL
9
TTL
1200 V
6-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage:
1. Minimize handling of static-sensitive components.
2. Transport and store static-sensitive components or assemblies in their
original containers, on a metal rail, or on conductive foam. Label any
package that contains static-sensitive components or assemblies.
3. Discharge the static voltage from your body, by wearing a wrist grounding
strap, while handling these components. Servicing static-sensitive assem-
blies or components should be done only at a static-free work station by
qualified personnel.
4. Nothing capable of generating or holding a static charge should be allowed
on the work station surface.
5. Keep the component leads shorted together whenever possible.
6. Pick up the components by the body, never by the leads.
7. Do not slide the components over any surface.
8. Avoid handling components in areas that have a floor or work surface
covering capable of generating a static charge.
9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth ground.
10. Use only special antistatic, suction, or wick-type desoldering tools.
Performance Checks and
Readjustments
Instrument performance should be checked after each 2000 hours of operation, or
every 12 months, if used intermittently. This will help to ensure maximum
performance and assist in locating defects that may not be apparent during
regular operation. The Performance Check Procedure and the Adjustment
Procedure are in Section 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The 1705A is equipped with a microprocessor and, as with all of the new
Tektronix monitors, it is capable of some power-up and off-line diagnostics. A
thorough understanding of the information available in the diagnostic routines
will assist in isolating problems and speed repairs.
6-3
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
.
SPECTRUM
DISPLAY
SPAN/DIV
READOUT MODE
ON
OFF
L-BAND
OFFSET
L.O. HIGH
MAIN MENU
READOUT MODE
>EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT.
READOUT POSITION
TEST
>EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT.
READOUT POSITION
UP
[RES]
OFFSET ADJUST
DOWN
LEFT
RIGHT
[VIDEO]
[<SPAN]
[SPAN>]
[INPUT]
DOWN
UP
EXIT/SAVE
[<SPAN]
[SPAN>]
[INPUT]
EXIT/SAVE
TEST
MEMORY
DAC
LED
KEY
>EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT.
Figure 6-1: Using the 1705A menus; Main menu is entered from the spectrum display by pressing both SPAN/DIV
buttons simultaneously
Diagnostic Routines
Diagnostics are addressed by pushing both ←SPAN→ buttons at the same time,
which brings up the Main menu on the crt screen. Figure 6-1 shows the Main
menu, and all of the submenus. In addition to the Test routine, there are
operating parameters addressed from this menu (they are discussed in detail in
Section 2, Operating instructions).
Setting the cursor to the Test selection and pushing the INPUT push button
brings up the Test menu. See Figure 6-2. Now any one of four tests can be
6-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
selected by moving the cursor to a point adjacent to the test name and pushing
the INPUT push button.
TEST
MEMORY
>DAC
LED
KEY
EXIT
USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR,
PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT
Figure 6-2: 1705A Test menu, displayed when Test is the Main menu selection
Memory Test
The NOVRAM (Non Volatile Random Access Memory) test is selected from the
crt-displayed Test menu by pushing the VIDEO push button. When this test is
selected, the crt first displays a message that gives the memory version and
copyright dates.
The test then proceeds to check the NOVRAM and the Electrically Eraseable
Programmable Memory (EEPROM). The test goes through three steps, each
with its own message displayed on the crt starting with:
NONVOLATILE <2444> RAM TEST
Its first action is to write to and read out of memory; during this step there is a
message that the microprocessor is:
WRITING AND READING 2444
This test checks that all lines and the NOVRAM are operating correctly. If the
microprocessor can not establish Read and Write communications with the
NOVRAM (U812), the following message will be displayed on the crt:
ERROR : CANNOT WRITE TO 2444
6-5
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Once communication with the NOVRAM is verified, the microprocessor will
attempt to store data. While attempting to store data, the following message is
displayed on the crt:
READING 2444:
DATA STORED AT 60H TO 7F IN PROCESSOR
If data cannot be stored in the NOVRAM, the following message will be
displayed on the crt:
ERROR : CANNOT STORE DATA
If data cannot be stored, the probable fault is with either the NOVRAM (U812)
or U809 and associated components.
Once the NOVRAM test is successfully completed, there will be an acknowledg-
ing crt display. See Figure 6-3.
END OF NON VOLATILE <2444> RAM TEST:
2444 TEST GOOD
PRESS [INPUT] KEY TO EXIT
Figure 6-3: 1705A CRT display when the NOVRAM Test has been successfully
completed
There is a special case that can occur. In normal operation, the 1705A front-pa-
nel setup should be stored when the power is removed (either turned off or lost
due to power failure) so that it can be recalled when the instrument is powered
up again. If the 1705A does not come back with its previous front-panel setup, it
will provide an error message. See Figure 6-4.
6-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
ERROR : CANNOT READ OR WRITE
TO 2444
PRESS [INPUT] KEY TO EXIT
Figure 6-4: 1705A power up error message
When this message is displayed, any subsequent measurements (if possible)
must be considered suspect.
DAC Test
The DAC test is used to test the readout capability, crt geometry and focus, and
provides a convenient method of determining if Trace Rotation needs to be
adjusted.
Figure 6-5 shows the waveform superimposed over the crt graticule to demon-
strate its value as an adjustment tool. The DAC test is selected, from the Test
Auxiliary menu, by pushing the 1705A RESOLUTION push button. The test in
progress is exited any time the INPUT push button is pushed.
6-7
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
REF
--10
Tek
--20
--30
--40
--50
--60
--70
L
O
G
+ f
Figure 6-5: DAC check waveform used to check Focus, Astigmatism, Geometry, and
Trace rotation setting
LED and Key Tests
There are two additional diagnostic tests that can be made. The LED test
alternates high and low levels on the control lines to the front-panel indicators.
It can be used to either locate burned-out indicators (visual inspection of flashing
indicators) or shorted indicator lines (by probing with an oscilloscope).
The Key test simply prints out the name of the key’s function when it is pressed.
In both cases the test is terminated by pressing the INPUT push button.
Troubleshooting Aids
Since this manual is also a troubleshooting aid, its organization is described here.
This material is general, and does not cover specific cases.
Foldout Pages
The foldout pages at the back of the manual contain block and schematic
diagrams, circuit board illustrations, and lookup charts.
Diagrams. Schematic diagrams show the circuit number and electrical value of
each component. Symbols used on these diagrams are defined on the first page
of Section 9. Circuit boards are indicated by a heavy border.
Signals leaving or entering a schematic diagram are cross-referenced with the
connecting schematic number in brackets and the schematic grid location in
small print.
6-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Refer to the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for a complete description of each
component.
NOTE. Check the Change Information section at the rear of the manual for
corrections and modifications to the instrument and the manual.
Look up Charts. Each schematic diagram is assigned an alphanumeric grid and
a look up chart which lists the grid location of components on that schematic.
Circuit Board Illustrations. Electrical components, connectors, and test points
are identified on circuit board illustrations, which are located on the back of a
preceding schematic diagram.
Assembly and Circuit Numbering. The circuit board assemblies are assigned
assembly or “A” numbers. Figure 6-6 shows the circuit board assembly
locations for this instrument.
A4 18V SUPPLY BOARD
A1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD
A6 TUNER
A5 70MHZ TUNER
A3 MAIN BOARD
A2 FRONT PANEL BOARD
Figure 6-6: Circuit board assembly locations
There are two separate parts lists in this manual. The Replaceable Electrical
Parts list precedes the schematic diagrams and circuit board illustrations. The
Replaceable Mechanical Parts list, accompanied by exploded view drawings,
follows the schematic diagrams and circuit board illustrations.
Parts Lists
Replaceable Electrical Parts. This list is arranged by assembly as designated
in ANSI Standard Y32.16--1975. The list begins with the part numbers for the
major assemblies (etched circuit boards). Each circuit board is identified by an
A# (assembly number).
6-9
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
The circuit numbers of the individual components in the parts list is made up by
combining the assembly number with the individual circuit number. EXAM-
PLE: R117 on Assembly (circuit board) A3 is listed in the Replaceable
Electrical Parts list as A3R117.
NOTE. Always consult the parts list and “Change Information” for part numbers
and descriptions before ordering replacement parts. Some parts may have been
replaced in an individual instrument.
Replaceable Mechanical Parts. Parts listed in the Replaceable Mechanical
Parts list are assigned index numbers which correspond to circled numbers on
the exploded view drawing(s).
Accessories List. Standard accessories are illustrated in the exploded view
drawing. Part numbers of standard and optional accessories are given at the end
of the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list.
Major Assembly
Interconnection
Signals and power supply voltages are passed through the instrument with a
system of interconnecting cables. The connector holders on these cables have
numbers that identify terminal connectors; numerals are used from 2 up. A
triangular key symbol is used to identify pin 1 on the circuit board and the
connector to assist in aligning the connector with correct square pins. Figure 6-7
shows the numbering scheme (and the triangular marking) on the connector and
the marking on the etched circuit board.
A pin replacement kit including necessary tools, instructions, and replacement
pins is available from Tektronix, Inc. Contact a Tektronix field office or
representative for assistance in ordering this kit.
Connectors with Center Polarizers. These polarizers serve as a key for proper
mating with the connector on the circuit board. Pin 1 is also marked with a
triangular symbol on both connectors.
General Troubleshooting
Techniques
The following procedure is designed to assist in isolating problems, which in
turn expedites repairs and minimizes down time.
1. Ensure that the malfunction exists in the instrument. This is done by making
sure that the instrument is operating as intended by Tektronix (see Operating
Instructions in Section 2).
2. Determine the nature of the problem. Attempt to make the determination of
whether the instrument is out of calibration or if there has been a component
failure. Once the type of failure has been determined, proceed on to identify
the functional area most likely at fault.
6-10
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
3. Determine and evaluate all trouble symptoms. This is accomplished by
isolating the problem to a general area such as an assembly. The block
diagram is a valuable aid in signal tracing and circuit isolation.
CAUTION. Use extreme care when probing with meter leads or probes, because of
the high component density and limited access within the instrument. The
inadvertent movement of leads or a probe could cause a short circuit or transient
voltages capable of destroying components.
ROW B
PIN 1
ROW A
24 and 34 pin circuit
board connectors on
Main circuit board
PIN 1
ROW B
ROW A
Square pin connector on
Circuit board
power supply circuit board
mounted pins
PIN 1
Moveable 10--pin plug
Figure 6-7: Multiple pin connectors used in the 1705A Spectrum Monitor
CAUTION. Always remove the assembly from the instrument prior to attempting
to replace a soldered-in component. See Corrective Maintenance for the correct
procedure.
4. Visually inspect the suspect assembly for obvious defects. Most commonly
these will be broken or loose components, improperly seated components,
overheated or burned components, chafed insulation, etc. Repair or replace
6-11
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
all obvious defects. In the case of overheated components, determine and
correct the cause of overheating before re-applying power.
5. Use successive electrical checks to locate the source of the problem. The
primary tool for problem isolation is the oscilloscope. Use the Performance
Check Procedure (located in Section 5) to determine if a circuit is operating
within specifications. At times it may be necessary to change a calibration
adjustment to determine if a circuit is operational, but since this can destroy
instrument calibration, care should be exercised. Before changing an
adjustment, note its position so that it can be returned to its original setting.
6. Determine the extent of the repair. If the necessary repair is complex, it may
be advisable to contact your local Tektronix field office or representative
before continuing. If the repair is minor, such as replacing a component, see
the parts list for replacement information. Removal and replacement
procedures for the assemblies can be found under Corrective Maintenance.
Power Supply Troubleshooting Procedure
NOTE. A review of the power supply theory of operation is recommended before
attempting repairs.
The equipment needed to troubleshoot the power supply:
H
H
H
H
H
Digital Multimeter (DMM), with a diode check function
Oscilloscope
0 to 20 Vdc Variable Power Supply
Clip Lead -- to short across a component
High Voltage Probe, ≥1 GΩ input resistance
Introduction
The Troubleshooting Procedure for the Power Supply (Assembly A1) is split into
two sections, the Low Volts and High Volts Supplies. Start the procedure by
determining which section of the Power Supply the problem is in. Apply ac
power and turn on the Power Supply. From Table 6--2, determine which
symptom the Power Supply exhibits and refer to the corresponding procedure.
Table 6-2: Power Supply Fault Symptoms
Symptom
Procedure
Line fuse open
Rectifier/Switcher Check (Low Volts)
6-12
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Table 6-2: Power Supply Fault Symptoms (Cont.)
Power Supply cycles OFF/ON
Output Check (Low Volts),
or High Voltage Oscillator Check (High Volts)
Control Circuit Check (Low Volts)
Error Amplifier Check (Low Volts)
High Volts Supply
Does not power up
5 V not regulating
Improper crt display
Low Volts Supply
NOTE. A 20Ω, 2 watt resistor should be used as a load for the Low Volts Supply.
Disconnect J4 and connect the 20Ω resistor between W1 (+5 V) and TP1
(secondary ground).
1. Preliminary Checks
a. A properly functioning and loaded Low Volts Supply will output the
voltages listed in Table 6--3. Use the DMM to measure the voltages
between TP1 and the voltage test points. If the supply is not regulating
properly, continue with the procedure.
Table 6-3: Low Volts Supply Voltages
Test Point
Voltage
W1 -- (+5 V)
W4 -- (+15 V)
W3 -- (--15 V)
W2 -- (+40 V)
+4.88 to +5.12 V
+14.0 to +16.0 V
--14.0 to --16.0 V
+39.0 to +41.0 V
NOTE. The Low Volts Power Supply troubleshooting is performed without
applying ac power.
b. Disconnect ac power from the instrument. Disconnect the instrument
from the Power Supply by removing the jumper from J4.
c. Use the digital multimeter to measure the voltage between TP2 and the
tab (drain) of Q9. Be sure the voltage is near 0 V before proceeding.
6-13
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
CAUTION. Do not proceed until the drain of Q9 is near 0 V. Dangerous voltage
potentials are present in the circuit until the capacitors discharge.
2. Rectifier/Switcher Check
a. Use the digital multimeter to measure the voltage between TP2 and the
tab (drain) of Q9. Be sure the voltage is near 0 V before proceeding.
b. Unsolder and lift one end of R102.
c. With the negative lead of the digital multimeter connected to TP2 and
the positive lead connected to the tab of Q9, measure the circuit
resistance. A resistance of less than 20 kΩ indicates a shorted mosfet
(Q9). If the mosfet is shorted, replace it and perform the Control Circuit
Check.
d. Using the digital multimeter diode test function, test CR21, CR22,
CR23, and CR24 for shorts. Diode replacements must be fast reverse
recovery (300 ns) types to reduce conducted noise.
e. Reconnect the lifted end of R102.
3. Output Check
a. Connect the negative output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP1.
Connect the positive output to W4 (+15 V). The circuit should draw less
than 20 mA. Excessive current draw can be caused by CR11 or U2
(High Volts Power Supply).
b. Connect the negative output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP1.
Connect the positive output to W2 (+40 V). The circuit should draw less
than 20 mA. Excessive current draw can be caused by CR14 or Q6
(High Volts Power Supply).
c. Connect the positive output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP1.
Connect the negative output to W3 (--15 V). The circuit should draw
less than 20 mA. Excessive current draw can be caused by CR12.
d. Connect the negative output from the 5 Vdc Power Supply to TP1.
Connect the positive output to W1 (+5 V). The circuit should draw less
than 20 mA. Excessive current draw can be caused by CR13 or Q1 and
Q2 (High Volts Power Supply).
4. Control Circuit Check
a. Connect the negative output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP2.
Connect the positive output to the cathode of CR17. Short C47 with a
clip lead. Connect the oscilloscope probe ground to TP2.
6-14
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
b. Table 6--4 lists the signal present in a properly functioning control
circuit.
Table 6-4: Control Circuit Test Points
Circuit Location Signal
U5, pin 1
U5, pin 2
U5, pin 3
U5, pin 4
U5, pin 6
U3, pin 1
U3, pin 2
U3, pin 6
U3, pin 7
U4, pin 13
Q8, collector
Approximately 5 Vdc
Approximately 2 Vdc
0 V
80 kHz triangle wave, 2 V p-p
80 kHz square wave, 18 V p-p
80 kHz square wave, 5 V p-p
2.1 Vdc
2.9 Vdc
Approximately 5 Vdc
80 kHz repetition rate, 300 ns width, approximately 3 V p-p
80 kHz repetition rate, 400 ns width, switching from 5 V to
approximately 2 V.
5. Error Amplifier Check
a. Connect the negative output from the variable DC Power Supply to TP1.
Connect the positive output to W1 (+5 V).
b. Connect the negative output of another variable DC Power Supply to
TP1. Connect the positive output to W4 (+15 V). Set the variable
power supply to 20 Vdc.
c. Connect the digital multimeter between TP1 and the cathode of CR15.
d. Set the variable DC Power Supply connected to W1 (+5 V) to 4.8 V.
The cathode of CR15 should be approximately 20 V.
e. Set the variable DC Power Supply connected to W1 (+5 V) to 5.2 V.
The cathode of CR15 should be approximately 2 V.
f. If this check did not reveal the cause for the +5 V supply not regulating,
refer to the Output Check and the Control Circuit Check.
High Volts Supply
Table 6--5 lists the High Volts Supply fault symptoms and procedures.
6-15
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Table 6-5: High Volts Supply Fault Symptoms
Symptom
Procedure
Focus Amplifier Check
Unable to focus crt using the front-
panel control
Unable to adjust crt intensity using the Z--Axis Amplifier Check
front-panel control
Grid Drive Check
No crt display
High Voltage Oscillator Check
CRT Voltage Check
Load the Low Volts Supply with the instrument, or with the 20Ω resistor as
stated at the beginning of the Troubleshooting Procedure.
Focus Amplifier Check
Unsolder and lift one end of R24.
Power up the Power Supply.
Using the digital multimeter, measure the voltage between TP1 and the collector
of Q1. It should be approximately --140 V.
Reconnect the lifted end of R24.
Z-Axis Amplifier Check
Unsolder and lift one end of R8.
Power up the Power Supply.
Using the digital multimeter, measure the voltage between TP1 and the collector
of Q4. It should be approximately +10 V.
Short together the base and emitter of Q5. The collector of Q4 should be
approximately +100 V.
Reconnect the lifted end of R8.
Grid Drive Check
Turn off the Power Supply. Use the digital multimeter’s diode check to test
CR1, CR2, CR3, CR5, and CR6 for shorts.
Power up the Power Supply.
Using the digital multimeter, measure the voltage between TP1 and the cathode
of CR5. It should vary between approximately +75 and +200 V as R58 (CRT
Bias) is adjusted.
6-16
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Connect the oscilloscope probe to the anode of CR5 and the probe ground to
TP1. The signal should be a clipped sine wave of +75 to +200 V p-p.
High Voltage Oscillator Check
Connect the oscilloscope probe to T1 pin 3 (Q6 collector) and the probe ground
to TP1. Power up the supply. The signal should be a +60 V p-p, 22 kHz sine
wave.
Check the following voltages using the digital multimeter:
Table 6- 6: High Voltage Oscillator Test Points
Circuit Location
T1, pin 4
Voltage
Approximately +40 V.
Less than +2 V.
Approximately +4.8 V.
+4 to +11 V.
T1, pin 13
U2, pin 2
U2, pin 6
CR9, cathode
Approximately +100 V.
CRT Voltage Check
NOTE. This check requires a high voltage probe having an input resistance of 1
GΩ or more.
Connect the high voltage probe ground to TP1.
Load the Low Volts Supply with the instrument, or with a 20Ω, 2 watt resistor
loading the 5 V supply.
Power up the Power Supply.
Use the high voltage probe to measure the voltage at the anode of CR4. It
should be approximately --2530 V.
Measure the voltage at the anode end of CR3. It should be 50--150 V more
negative than the reading from the anode of CR4.
6-17
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
CAUTION. A 2% RMA flux content solder is recommended for making repairs in
this instrument. Cleaning of rosin residue is not recommended. Most cleaning
solvents tend to reactivate the rosin and spread it under components where it
may cause corrosion under humid conditions. The rosin residue, if left alone,
does not exhibit these corrosive properties.
NOTE. No repair should be attempted during the warranty period.
Obtaining Replacement Parts
Replacement parts are available through the local Tektronix, Inc., field office or
representative. However, many common electronic parts are available through
local sources. Using a local source, where possible, will eliminate shipping
delays.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate
improved components, as they become available, and to improve circuit
performance. Therefore, it is important to include the following information
when ordering parts:
1. Part Number
2. Instrument Type or Number
3. Serial Number
4. Modification or Option Number (if applicable)
If an ordered part has been replaced with a new or improved part that is a direct
replacement, the new part will be shipped. If the part does not directly replace
the old one, the local Tektronix field office or representative will contact the
customer. After any repair or modification of the instrument, circuit readjust-
ment may be required.
Test Selected
Components
Test selectable components and their values are shown in Table 6---7.
6-18
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Table 6-7: Test Selectable Components
Circuit Number
Nominal Value
Range of Values
Selection Criteria
R50
R74
R73
5.62K
3.40K
18.2K
2.7K to 8.2K
1K to 6.8K
18K to 27K
To correct nonlin-
earities of L--band
tuners.
R53
115.0K
115K to 130K
To alter magnifier
range when ad-
justment range of
A3R38 is insuffi-
cient.
Mechanical Disassembly/Assembly
Use these instructions for disassembly and reverse them for reassembly, unless
otherwise noted.
WARNING. Before attempting any disassembly/assembly of the instrument, be
sure to disconnect the power cord.
CAUTION. Do not reinsert screws in the rear panel when the instrument is
removed from the cabinet.
NOTE. All screws, unless otherwise noted, are TORXꢀ screws and can be
removed with a T15 screwdriver tip (Tektronix part number 003-0966-00). The
exception is #2 Pozidriveꢀ screws which can be removed with a #1 Pozidriveꢀ
tip (003-0443-00).
Do not reinsert screws in the rear panel when the instrument is removed from the
cabinet.
Bezel Removal
1. Remove the two bezel screws. See Figure 6-8.
2. Grasping the bottom of the bezel, pull out and upward. There are two hinges
at the top of the bezel that hold it in place; once the bezel is at an approxi-
mate 45° angle with the front panel, they will disengage.
6-19
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Remove these screws in order
to remove the bezel
Figure 6-8: Bezel securing screws
Graticule Light Removal
and Replacement
For graticule light removal and replacement, tweezers with curved, serrated tips
are recommended. For example: Miltex PL312, 6--100 (equivalent to PL312) or
PL317 (longer than PL312).
CAUTION. Needle-nosed pliers are not recommended.
Replacement bulbs are supplied with this instrument as Standard Accessories.
Additional bulbs can be purchased from Tektronix (see Replaceable Electrical
Parts list) or from local electronics distribution sources.
Procedure
1. Remove the bezel according to the preceding instructions.
2. To remove a bulb, position the tweezer tips on the thin, flat portion of the
bulb (close to the plastic socket). Carefully pull the bulb straight out.
3. To install a bulb, hold it with the tweezers as described in step 2, position it
in front of the socket, and push the bulb with your finger until it snaps into
place.
6-20
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Removal of the CRT
1. Remove the bezel.
WARNING. The crt may retain a dangerous charge. Ground the conductor of the
anode to discharge the crt. Do not allow the conductor to touch your body or
any circuitry.
2. Remove the anode connector and discharge it to ground.
3. Disconnect J2 (trace rotation) on the Main board and push the connector
through the hole in the board.
4. The CRT can now be pulled straight out (some pressure is needed). The CRT
shield, along with the rubber manchet around its back, should come out with
the CRT.
Replacing the CRT
1. If the CRT is to be replaced, remove the metal shield from the neck of the
old crt and place it around the neck of the new CRT, with the WARNING
sticker towards the top of the instrument. Be prepared to align the notches in
the metal cover with the plastic CRT holder.
2. Slip the CRT part way back into position and feed the trace rotation wires
(and plug) back through the hole in the Main board.
CAUTION. Avoid bending the crt base pins when pushing the crt into the socket.
3. Slide the CRT into the instrument, guiding the rubber manchet on the end of
the shield into the rear CRT support.
4. Align the socket on the A10 CRT Socket board with the pins and key on the
CRT. Gently push the CRT and the socket board together until the CRT pins
are fully seated in the socket.
5. Replace the trace rotation connector (J2, Main board), and snap the anode
lead onto the anode connector on the side of the CRT.
6. Wipe the faceplate of the CRT to remove fingerprints, then replace the bezel.
If the fit is too tight to allow the bezel to go into position, or if the CRT has a
loose fit after the bezel is completely tightened down, then the rear CRT
support must be repositioned.
To reposition the rear CRT support, loosen the two nuts that hold the support
in place. With the CRT and bezel in place, push the support towards the
front of the instrument until it is snug against the rubber manchet on the rear
of the CRT shield. Tighten the two support nuts.
6-21
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Remove these five (5)
screws to remove the
rear panel.
333--3990--01
SPECTRUM MONITOR
DIE IN DIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE
RONTGENSTRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND ABGESCHIRMT
20kV
BESCHLEUNIGUNGSSPANNUNG KLEINER ALS
WARNING
TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK, THE POWER
CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND.
LNB POWER
0.70 MAX
50/60Hz
90 - 250V
WITH
ON
REPLACE FUSE ONLY
250V 2A F TYPE
70 MHz
INPUT
L-BAND
INPUT
LNB POWER
ON
OFF
+18VDC@250mA
Secured by removeable
nuts inside the panel.
Figure 6-9: Screws securing the rear panel
Removal of the Rear Panel
1. Remove the five rear screws. See Figure 6-9. Screws securing the power
receptical use removeable nuts as fasteners inside the rear panel.
2. Unsolder the bnc and ground connections. (If 1700F10 Field Upgrade is
installed, unsolder leads from the battery connector.)
3. Unsolder the two leads to the +18 V switch.
4. Remove the hex nut on the L--BAND INPUT connector.
5. Pull the rear panel free from the chassis, be careful not to pull the unsoldered
wires.
6. To replace, reverse the procedure.
Removal of Front-Panel
Assembly
1. Remove the blue multiwire connector from J154.
2. Remove the two screws holding the board in place. See Figure 6-10 for
location.
6-22
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
TO REMOVE
FRONT PANEL
ASSEMBLY
TO SEPARATE
BOARD FROM THE
FRONT PANEL
TO REMOVE
FRONT PANEL
ASSEMBLY
Figure 6-10: Screws securing the front panel board (A2) in place
3. Remove the board by slipping it through the front--panel opening.
4. To access the Front-Panel board components:
a. Remove the knobs from the front.
b. Remove the four screws from the rear.
c. The board should now separate from the front panel making the
components accessible.
Removing the L-Band
Tuner
1. Unsolder the five wires from the tuner.
2. Unplug the phone jack from the tuner.
3. Remove the rear-panel L--BAND INPUT connector hex nut. See Fig-
ure 6-11.
6-23
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
Remove these screws
to remove 70MHZ Turner.
J1
FRONT
Remove these screws
to remove A3 Main bd.
Remove this nut
to remove L-Band Turner.
Figure 6-11: Screws holding the Main board (A3) and the Tuners (A5 and A6) in
place
4. Remove the six screws that hold the cover on the 70 MHz tuner. (The cover
serves as a hold down for the L--Band tuner.)
5. Slide the tuner back and upward until the L--BAND INPUT connector is
clear of the rear panel.
Removing the 70 MHz
Tuner
1. Unsolder the three wires from the feed-through capacitors at the back of the
70 MHz tuner.
2. Unplug the coax connector from the rear of the 70 MHz tuner.
3. Remove the 70 MHz tuner cover. It is held on by six screws. See Fig-
ure 6-11.
4. Turn the 1705A on its left side (crt down) and remove the two screws that
secure the 70 MHz tuner to the main chassis.
5. Slide the tuner back and upward to remove.
6. Reverse the procedure to re-install the tuner.
Removal and
Replacement of the Main
Board
1. Remove both tuners.
6-24
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
2. Remove the plugs from the following connectors: J1 to the Front-Panel
board, J4 on the Power Supply board, and J2 on the Main board (Trace
Rotation).
3. Unsolder the leads that go to the rear-panel bnc connector and ground the
two horizontal crt leads (red and green) and the two vertical crt leads (blue
and brown).
4. Slip the crt and trace rotation leads through the appropriate holes in the Main
board.
5. Remove the seven screws that are holding the board in place. See Figure
6-11 for their locations.
6. Remove the Main board by sliding it toward the rear panel until the toe of
the board clears the front. Then lift out.
7. To replace the Main board, lay the board flat and slide it back into place.
Guide the front of the circuit board into the slots in the front molding.
8. To complete the replacement of the board, reverse the rest of the steps.
Removal and
Replacement of the Power
Supply Board
1. Remove the plug from A1J4 on the Power Supply board (the connection to
the Main board).
WARNING. The crt may retain a dangerous charge. Ground the conductor of the
anode to discharge the crt. Do not allow the conductor to touch your body or
any circuitry.
2. Remove the anode connection from the crt and discharge it to ground.
3. Remove the plugs from J1 and J3 (the crt wires). Remove the plug from J2
(the power switch). (If the 1700F10 Field Upgrade Kit is installed, unsolder
the leads to the rear-panel DC Connector.)
4. Disconnect the ac line filter from the rear panel by unscrewing the two
screws on the rear panel that are holding it in.
5. Using a #1 Pozidriveꢀ tip, disconnect the power ON/OFF switch from the
front panel.
6. Remove the seven screws that fasten the Power Supply board to the
instrument, as shown in Figure 6-12.
7. Remove the board by sliding it forward and lifting it up.
6-25
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Maintenance
Ground strap
J3
J1
FRONT
J2
J4
Remove these screws to remove this board
Figure 6-12: Removing the Power Supply board
Removing the LNB Power
Supply Board
1. Unplug the interconnecting plug from the right side of the LNB power
supply.
2. Remove the two Torx screws securing the circuit board to the rear panel.
See Figure 6-13.
3. Remove the circuit board.
4. Replace the circuit board by reversing the procedure.
Remove these screws to remove
LNB Power Supply board (A4) or to
replace LNB LED.
333--3990--01
SPECTRUM MONITOR
DIE IN DIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE
RONTGENSTRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND ABGESCHIRMT
BESCHLEUNIGUNGSSPANNUNG KLEINER ALSkV
2
0
WARNING
TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK, THE POWER
CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND.
LNB POWER
0.70 MAX
50/60Hz
90 - 250V
WITH
ON
REPLACE FUSE ONLY
250V 2A F TYPE
70 MHz
INPUT
L-BAND
INPUT
LNB POWER
ON
OFF
+18VDC@250mA
Figure 6-13: Mounting screws for the LNB Power Supply circuit board, A4
6-26
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
REPACKAGING
If the instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for service or
repair, attach a tag to the instrument showing the following information:
1. Owner (with complete address) and the name of the person at your firm that
can be contacted.
2. Instrument serial number and a description of the service required.
If possible, save and reuse the package in which your instrument was shipped,
since this will provide maximum protection. (See Figure 6-14.) If the original
package is unfit for use or not available, repackage the instrument as follows:
Figure 6-14: Repackaging a 1705A instrument
1. Use a shipping carton of corrugated cardboard, with a test strength of at least
275 pounds, and inside dimensions that are at least six inches greater than
the dimensions of the instrument.
2. Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to protect the finish.
6-27
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Maintenance
3. Cushion the instrument on all sides by tightly packing dunnage or urethane
foam between the carton and the instrument. Allow 3 inches on all sides for
cushioning.
4. Seal the carton with shipping tape or industrial stapler.
6-28
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Options
Section 7
Options
This section describes instrument options and customer-installable field upgrade
kits available for the 1705A Spectrum Monitor.
Options
CRT Options
The standard instrument is shipped with a P31 (green) phosphor crt installed. If
Option 74 is ordered, the instrument is shipped with a P4 (white) phosphor crt
installed. The crt part numbers are given at the end of the Replaceable Electrical
Parts list.
Power Cord Options
Table 7-1: Power Cord Options
Option
A1
Description of power cord*
Universal Europe 220V/16A Locking
United Kingdom 240V/15A
Australian 240V/10A
A2
A3
A4
North American 250V/18A
Swiss 240V/6A
A5
*All power cords include captive power plug and one replacement fuse.
Unless otherwise specified, power cords for use in North America are UL listed
and CSA certified. Option cords are approved by at least one test house
acceptable in the country to which the product is shipped. Power cord part
numbers are shown on the pull-out in Section 10.
Field Upgrade Kits
Cabinets
All of the Safety and EMI tests used to qualify the 1705A were performed in a
cabinet. There are two optional cabinets and a dual rack adapter available for the
installation of these instruments.
For more information, refer to the cabinet installation drawings in Section 3, or
contact a Tektronix field office or distributor.
7-1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Options
Plain Cabinet (1700F00) This plain, silver-grey cabinet is designed for permanent
mounting. The ventilating holes in the top, bottom, and sides of the cabinet
allow heat generated within the instrument to dissipate. When mounting, allow
air to circulate freely through these holes.
Carrying Case (1700F02) This silver-grey metal cabinet, designed for portable
applications, is equipped with feet, flipstand, and carrying handle. The
TEKTRONIX BP1 Battery Pack can easily be mounted to this cabinet to provide
a 12 Vdc power source for portable operation.
Side-by-Side Rack Adapter (WFM7F05) This side-by-side rack adapter consists
of two attached cabinets. It can be used to mount the 1705A and another
half-rack width instrument in a standard 19-inch rack.
Blank Panel (1700F06) When only one side of a 1700F05 dual rack adapter is
used, this blank panel can be installed in the other half to improve appearance
and protect air flow.
Utility Drawer (1700F07) When only one side of a 1700F05 dual rack adapter is
used, an alternate to the 1700F06 blank panel is the 1700F07 utility drawer. This
drawer provides over 1/3 cubic foot of storage space for accessories. The drawer
kit includes a tray, which is permanently mounted to the 1700F05. The drawer
opens and closes readily, unless latched for transport. The drawer can also be
removed from the drawer tray by lifting up and out.
ORDERING
These items can be ordered with the 1705A, or purchased through a Tektronix
field office or distributor. When ordering, include both the name and number of
the field upgrade kits.
7-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Section 8
Replaceable Electrical Parts
This section contains a list of the components that are replaceable for the 1705A.
Use this list to identify and order replacement parts. There is a separate
Replaceable Electrical Parts list for each instrument.
Parts Ordering Information
Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix, Inc., Field
Office or representative.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate
improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of
the latest circuit improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to
include the following information in your order.
H
H
H
H
Part number
Instrument type or model number
Instrument serial number
Instrument modification number, if applicable
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part, your
local Tektronix, Inc., Field Office or representative will contact you concerning
any change in part number.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.
Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List
The tabular information in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged for
quick retrieval. Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you
find all of the information you need for ordering replaceable parts.
Cross Index-Mfr. Code
Number to Manufacturer
The Mfg. Code Number to Manufacturer Cross Index for the electrical parts list
is located immediately after this page. The cross index provides codes, names,
and addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the electrical parts list.
Abbreviations
Abbreviations conform to American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
standard Y1.1.
List of Assemblies
A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the electrical parts list. The
assemblies are listed in numerical order. When the complete component number
of a part is known, this list will identify the assembly in which the part is
located.
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-1
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Column Descriptions
Component No.
(Column 1)
The component circuit number appears on the diagrams and circuit board
illustrations, located in the diagrams section. Assembly numbers are also marked
on each diagram and circuit board illustration, in the Diagram section and on the
mechanical exploded views, in the mechanical parts list. The component number
is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the circuit number.
Example a.
Component Number
A23R1234
Assembly Number
A23 R1234
Circuit Number
Read: Resistor 1234 of Assembly 23
Component Number
Example b.
A23A2R1234 A23
A2
R1234
Circuit
Number
Assembly Number
Subassembly Number
Read: Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23
The electrical parts list is arranged by assemblies in numerical sequence (A1,
with its subassemblies and parts, precedes A2, with its subassemblies and parts).
Mechanical subparts to the circuit boards are listed in the electrical parts list.
These mechanical subparts are listed with their associated electrical part (for
example, fuse holder follows fuse).
Chassis-mounted parts and cable assemblies have no assembly number prefix
and are located at the end of the electrical parts list.
Tektronix Part No.
(Column 2)
Indicates part number to be used when ordering replacement part from
Tektronix.
Serial/Assembly No.
(Column 3 and 4)
Column three (3) indicates the serial or assembly number at which the part was
first used. Column four (4) indicates the serial or assembly number at which the
part was removed. No serial or assembly number entered indicates part is good
for all serial numbers.
Name and Description
(Column 5)
An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space
limitations, an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S.
Federal Catalog handbook H6-1 for further item name identification.
The mechanical subparts are shown as *ATTACHED PARTS* / *END AT-
TACHED PARTS* or *MOUNTING PARTS* / *END MOUNTING PARTS* in
column five (5).
Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part. (Code to name
and address cross reference can be found immediately after this page.)
Mfr. Code
(Column 6)
Indicates actual manufacturer’s part number.
Mfr. Part No. (Column 7)
8-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr.
Manufacturer
Address
City, State, Zip Code
Code.
00779
AMP INC
2800 FULLING MILL
PO BOX 3608
HARRISBURG PA 17105
00213
01121
MSD INC.
ALLEN-BRADLEY CO
700 ORANGE ST
1201 S 2ND ST
DARLINGTON, SC 29532
MILWAUKEE WI 53204-2410
INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PRODUCTS
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP
RCA CORP
01295
02735
13500 N CENTRAL EXPY
PO BOX 655012
DALLAS TX 75265
SOLID STATE DIVISION
02875
04222
HUDSON TOOL & DIE CO INC
AVX CERAMICS
DIV OF AVX CORP
18 MALVERN STREET
19TH AVE SOUTH
P O BOX 867
NEWARK, NJ 07105
MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577
04713
05397
05828
MOTOROLA INC
SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR
UNION CARBIDE CORP
MATERIALS SYSTEMS DIV
GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP
GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS DIV
FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORP
CORNELL-DUBILIER ELECTRONICS
DIV FEDERAL PACIFIC ELECTRIC CO
BURNDY CORP
5005 E MCDOWELL RD
PHOENIX AZ 85008-4229
CLEVELAND OH 44101
HICKSVILLE NY 11802
11901 MADISON AVE
600 W JOHN ST
07263
09023
2652 DALRYMPLE ST
SANFORD NC 27330
09922
12697
12969
RICHARDS AVE
LOWER WASHINGTON ST
530 PLEASANT STREET
NORWALK CT 06852
DOVER NH 03820
WATERTOWN MA 02172
CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC
MICROSEMI CORPORATION
WATERTOWN DIVISION
15513
18796
DATA DISPLAY PRODUCTS
MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICAN INC
STATE COLLEGE OPERATIONS
BERG ELECTRONICS INC (DUPONT)
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO
GOWANDA ELECTRONICS CORP
COMPONENTS CORP
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP
ITT SCHADOW INC
SPECTRUM CONTROL INC
OMRON ELECTRONICS INC.
NORTH AMERICAN CAPACITOR CO
MALLORY DIVISION
MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA INC
HEADQUARTERS AND GEORGIA OPERATIONS
TDK ELECTRONICS CORP
NICHICON /AMERICA/ CORP
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO
301 CORAL CIR
1900 W COLLEGE AVE
EL SEGUNDO CA 90245-4620
STATE COLLEGE PA 16801-2723
22526
24165
24226
26364
27014
31918
33095
34361
37942
857 OLD TRAIL RD
267 LOWELL ROAD
NO 1 INDUSTRIAL PL
6 KINSEY PLACE
2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR
8081 WALLACE RD
2185 W WEIGHT ST
ETTERS PA 17319
HUDSON NH 03051
GOWANDA NY 14070-1409
DENVILLE NJ 07834-2611
SANTA CLARA CA 95051-0606
EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344-2224
ERIE PA 16505
SUNNYVALE CA
GREEN CASTLE IN 46135
SMYRNA GA 30080
INDIANAPOLIS ROAD, HWY 240
PO BOX 240
2200 LAKE PARK DR
1
51406
54583
55680
56289
12 HARBOR PARK DR
927 E STATE PKY
PORT WASHINGTON NY 11550
SCHAUMBURG IL 60195-4526
WORLD HEADQUARTERS
ROHM CORP
57668
59660
8 WHATNEY
PO BOX 19515
7741 N BUSINESS PARK DR
PO BOX 37144
IRVINE CA 92713
TUSONIX INC
TUCSON AZ 85740-7144
60395
73743
74276
75042
XICOR INC
851 BUCKEYE CT
111 INDUSTRIAL RD
MILPITAS CA 95035-7408
COLD SPRING KY 41076-9749
FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO
GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP
IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PHILADELPHIA DIV
401 N BROAD ST
PHILADELPHIA PA 19108-1001
TRW FIXED RESISTORS
LITTELFUSE INC
SUB TRACOR INC
BELL INDUSTRIES INC
JW MILLER DIV
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC
SHAKEPROOF DIV
TEKTRONIX INC
75915
76493
78189
80009
84411
800 E NORTHWEST HWY
DES PLAINES IL 60016-3049
COMPTON CA 90224-5825
ELGIN IL 60120
19070 REYES AVE
PO BOX 5825
ST CHARLES ROAD
14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR
PO BOX 500
301 WEST O ST
BEAVERTON OR 97077-0001
OGALLALA NE 69153-1844
AMERICAN SHIZUKI CORP
OGALLALA OPERATIONS
SEASTROM MFG CO INC
NORTHWEST SPRING MFG CO
DALE ELECTRONICS INC
86928
8X345
91637
701 SONORA AVE
5858 WILLOW LANE
2064 12TH AVE
PO BOX 609
GLENDALE CA 91201-2431
LAKE OSWEGO, OR 97035
COLUMBUS NE 68601-3632
93907
S3629
S4307
TEXTRON INC
CAMCAR DIV
SCHURTER AG H
C/O PANEL COMPONENTS CORP
SCHAFFNER ELECTRONIK AG
600 18TH AVE
ROCKFORD IL 61108-5181
BERKELEY CA 94170
2015 SECOND STREET
LUTERBACH SWITZERLAND
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-3
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Mfr.
Manufacturer
Address
City, State, Zip Code
Code.
TK1345
TK1450
TK1462
ZMAN & ASSOCIATES
TOKYO COSMOS ELECTRIC CO LTD
YAMAICHI ELECTRONICS CO LTD
2ND FLOOR NEW KYOEI
BLDG 17-11
2-268 SOBUDAI ZAWA
3-CHROME SHIBAURA
MINATO-KU
KANAGAWA 228 JAPAN
TOKYO JAPAN
TK1573
TK1884
TK1913
WILHELM WESTERMAN
PO BOX 2345
AUGUSTA-ANLAGE 56
5750 EAST MCKELLIPS RD
6800 MANNHEIM 1 WEST GERMANY
MESA AZ 85205
ROGERS CORPORATION
Q PAC DIVISION
WIMA
2269 SAW MILL RIVER ROAD
PO BOX 127
ELMSFORD NY 10523
THE INTER-TECHNICAL GROUP IND
8-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Name & Description
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
A1
671-4056-00
671-0041-00
672-1373-05
672-1373-07
672-1373-08
671-1796-01
671-0145-02
671-0042-03
119-4338-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:POWER SUPPLY, 1705A
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:FRONT PANEL
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
671-4056-00
671-0041-00
672-1373-05
672-1373-07
672-1373-08
671-1796-00
671-0145-02
671-0042-03
119-4338-00
A2
A3
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN BOARD ASSY,1705A
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN BOARD ASSY,1705A
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN BOARD ASSY,1705A
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:GRATICULE LIGHT
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:18V POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:70MHZ TUNER
A3
A3
8-15-2003
A3A1
A4
A5
A6
TUNER:FREQ 950-1750MHZ,OUT IF FREQ 479.5MHZ,IMP
IN/OUT 75
A10
671-3637-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CRT SOCKET BD,389-2115-XX WIRED
80009
80009
671-3637-00
A1
671-4056-00
281-0775-01
283-0021-00
283-0261-00
283-0261-00
285-1341-01
281-0771-00
285-1470-00
283-0261-00
283-0261-00
281-0563-00
283-0021-00
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
285-1341-01
290-1311-00
285-1341-01
281-0775-01
290-1310-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:POWER SUPPLY, 1705A
671-4056-00
A1C1
A1C2
A1C3
A1C4
A1C5
A1C6
A1C7
A1C8
A1C9
A1C10
A1C11
A1C12
A1C13
A1C14
A1C15
A1C16
A1C17
A1C18
A1C19
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
DE1310Y5P102M6KV
DHR28Z5U103M4KV
DHR28Z5U103M4KV
X674L .1 20 100
281-0771-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,20%,5000V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,4000V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,4000V
CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.1UF,20%,100VDC
CAP,FXD,CER DI:2200PF,20%,200V
CAP,FXD,PLSTC:
18796
51406
51406
84411
80009
80009
51406
51406
285-1470-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,4000V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,4000V
DHR28Z5U103M4KV
DHR28Z5U103M4KV
281-0563-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,20%,5000V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V
CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.1UF,20%,100VDC
CAP,FXD,AL:10UF,20%,50V,5 X 11MM;5000 HRS,RDL,T&A
CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.1UF,20%,100VDC
18796
80009
80009
80009
84411
80009
84411
DE1310Y5P102M6KV
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
X674L .1 20 100
290-1311-00
X674L .1 20 100
SA105E104MAA
290-1310-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,160V,13 X 20MM;RDL,0.2LS,105
DEG,5000 HR
80009
A1C20
A1C21
A1C22
A1C23
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
281-0563-00
285-1328-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V
80009
80009
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
281-0563-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
CAP,FXD,PLSTC:MTLZD FILM;0.01UF,5%,2000V, POLYPRO- TK1573 FKP1 .01/2000/5
PYLENE,1.25X.95;RDL,T/A
A1C24
290-1310-00
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,160V,13 X 20MM;RDL,0.2LS,105
DEG,5000 HR
80009
290-1310-00
A1C25
A1C27
A1C28
A1C29
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
A1C30
A1C31
A1C32
A1C33
A1C34
A1C35
A1C36
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
290-1310-00
290-1310-00
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
290-1310-00
290-1310-00
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,160V,13 X 20MM;RDL,0.2LS,105
DEG,5000 HR
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,160V,13 X 20MM;RDL,0.2LS,105
DEG,5000 HR
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-5
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A1C37
A1C38
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
80009
80009
290-1267-00
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
A1C39
A1C40
281-0775-01
281-0772-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA101C472KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
A1C41
A1C42
281-0563-00
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
281-0563-00
290-1267-00
CAP,FXD,AL:560UF,20%,50V,12.5 X 31.5,LOW
IMP;RDL,BULK
80009
A1C43
A1C44
A1C45
A1C46
A1C47
A1C48
A1C49
A1C50
A1C51
281-0563-00
285-1331-00
281-0563-00
283-0005-03
281-0563-00
281-0809-00
281-0775-01
281-0563-00
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.47UF,5%,400V
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01 UF,+80-20%,250V 80009
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI 04222
281-0563-00
TK1573 MKS4 .47/400/5
281-0563-00
283-0005-03
281-0563-00
SA101A201JAA
SA105E104MAA
281-0563-00
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.47UF,20%,50V,0.150 X 0.290;AXIAL,MI 80009
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A1C52
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
281-0773-00
A1C53
A1C54
285-1437-00
290-1275-00
CAP,FXD,PLSTC:100PF,5%,1600VDC/500VAC
TK1913 FKP1/100/1600/5
CAP,FXD,AL:330UF,20%,400V,35 X 35;105 DEG,SNAP
IN,BULK
80009
290-1275-00
A1C56
A1C57
A1C58
A1C59
A1C60
A1C61
A1C65
A1C66
A1CR1
A1CR2
A1CR3
A1CR4
285-1246-00
285-1222-00
281-0809-00
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0768-00
285-1301-01
290-1311-00
152-0061-00
152-0061-00
152-0061-00
152-0409-00
CAP,FXD,PPR DI:0.022UF,20%,250VAC
80009
37942
04222
285-1246-00
158/.068/M/250/H
SA101A201JAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA101A471KAA
185/0.47/K/50/AB/B
290-1311-00
FDH2161
CAP,FXD,PLSTC:0.068UF,20%,250V
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,20%,100V TUBULAR,MI
CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.47UF,10%,50V; TAPE & AMMO PACK
CAP,FXD,AL:10UF,20%,50V,5 X 11MM;5000 HRS,RDL,T&A
DIO,SIG:200V,0.1A,700NS,4.0PF;FDH2161,T&R
DIO,SIG:200V,0.1A,700NS,4.0PF;FDH2161,T&R
DIO,SIG:200V,0.1A,700NS,4.0PF;FDH2161,T&R
04222
37942
80009
07263
07263
07263
FDH2161
FDH2161
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;12KV,10MA,250NS;CRVT150,AXIAL 80009
LEAD
152-0409-00
A1CR5
A1CR6
A1CR7
A1CR8
A1CR9
A1CR10
A1CR11
A1CR12
A1CR13
152-0061-00
152-0061-00
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0808-00
152-0400-00
152-1191-00
DIO,SIG:200V,0.1A,700NS,4.0PF;FDH2161,T&R
DIO,SIG:200V,0.1A,700NS,4.0PF;FDH2161,T&R
07263
07263
FDH2161
FDH2161
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
PR 1273
DIODE,RECT:ULTRA FAST,400V,1.5A,50NS,BYD73G,AXIAL
04713
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
152-1191-00
DIO,RECT:SCHTKY;100V,10A,150A IFSM,800MVF AT
10A;MBR10100,TO-220
80009
A1CR14
A1CR15
A1CR16
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0141-02
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
80009
A1CR17
A1CR19
152-0400-00
152-0141-02
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
80009
A1CR20
152-0897-00
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;1000V,1.5A,300NS,SOFT
RCVRY;BYV96E,T&R
80009
152-0897-00
A1CR21
A1CR22
152-1165-00
152-1165-00
DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;600V,4A,50NS;MUR460,T&R
DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;600V,4A,50NS;MUR460,T&R
80009
80009
152-1165-00
152-1165-00
8-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A1CR23
A1CR24
A1CR25
152-1165-00
152-1165-00
152-0141-02
DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;600V,4A,50NS;MUR460,T&R
DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;600V,4A,50NS;MUR460,T&R
80009
80009
80009
152-1165-00
152-1165-00
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A1CR26
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
80009
152-0141-02
A1CR27
A1CR29
A1CR30
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0141-02
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
80009
A1CR31
A1DS1
A1DS2
A1DS3
A1DS4
A1F1
152-0400-00
150-0050-00
150-0050-00
150-0050-00
150-0050-00
159-0021-00
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
LAMP,GLOW:135V MAX,1.9MA,C2A-T,WIRE LEAD
LAMP,GLOW:135V MAX,1.9MA,C2A-T,WIRE LEAD
LAMP,GLOW:135V MAX,1.9MA,C2A-T,WIRE LEAD
LAMP,GLOW:135V MAX,1.9MA,C2A-T,WIRE LEAD
FUSE,CRTG:3AG,2A,250V,FAST BLOW
*MOUNTING PARTS*
74276
74276
74276
74276
75915
LT2-24-2 (NE2H)
LT2-24-2 (NE2H)
LT2-24-2 (NE2H)
LT2-24-2 (NE2H)
312 002
200-2264-00
204-0906-00
CAP,FSHLDR:3AG FUSES
S3629
S3629
FEK 031 1666
BODY,FSHLDR:3AG & 5 X 20MM FUSES
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
TYPEFAU031.3573
A1J1
A1J2
131-5338-00
131-4794-00
CONN,HDR:
80009
80009
131-5338-00
131-4794-00
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
A1J3
A1J4
131-5337-00
131-3392-00
CONN,HDR:
80009
80009
131-5337-00
131-3392-00
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 10,0.1 CTR,0.230 MLG X
0.120 TAIL,30 GLD,BD RETENTION
A1J6
A1L1
119-1946-00
108-1412-00
FLTR,RFI:1A,250V,400HZ W/PC TERM
S4307
54583
FN326-1/02-K-D-T
TSL08074R7M3RO
COIL,RF:FXD, 4.7 UH, +/- 20 %,Q 25, SRF 50 MHZ, DCR
0.017 OHM I MAX 3.7 A,RDL LEAD
A1L2
A1L3
A1L4
A1Q1
A1Q2
A1Q3
A1Q4
A1Q5
A1Q6
108-1412-00
108-1412-00
108-0205-00
151-0749-00
151-0190-00
151-0350-03
151-0347-02
151-0350-03
151-0476-00
COIL,RF:FXD, 4.7 UH, +/- 20 %,Q 25, SRF 50 MHZ, DCR
0.017 OHM I MAX 3.7 A,RDL LEAD
54583
54583
TSL08074R7M3RO
TSL08074R7M3RO
8209
COIL,RF:FXD, 4.7 UH, +/- 20 %,Q 25, SRF 50 MHZ, DCR
0.017 OHM I MAX 3.7 A,RDL LEAD
COIL,RF:IDCTR;FXD,1MH,+-5%, DCR 2.12 OHMS, FERRITE 76493
CORE
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;400V,500MA,50MHZ,
AMPL;MPSA94,TO-92 EBC
80009
80009
80009
56289
80009
80009
151-0749-00
151-0190-00
151-0350-03
CT7916
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;150V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5401,TO-92 EBC,T&A
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;160V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5551,TO-92 EBC,T&A
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;150V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5401,TO-92 EBC,T&A
151-0350-03
151-0476-00
XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,NPN;100V,3.0A,3.0MHZ,
AMPL;TIP31C,TO-220
*MOUNTING PARTS*
214-3848-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-1286-00
HTSK,ELEC:LOW COST CLIP-ON,TO-126/TO-220
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
80009
80009
80009
80009
214-3848-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-1286-00
A1Q7
A1Q8
A1Q9
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,PWR:MOS,N-CH;800V,4.0A,3.0
OHM;BUK456-800A,TO-220
*MOUNTING PARTS*
210-0406-00
211-0008-00
214-3841-00
NUT,PLAIN,HEX:4-40 X 0.188,BRS CD PL
SCR,MACH:4-40 X 0.25,PNH,STL
HTSK,XSTR:TO-220 W/SLDR TABS,AL
73743
93907
80009
12161-50
ORDER BY DESCR
214-3841-00
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-7
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
A1Q10
A1Q11
151-0350-03
151-0528-00
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;150V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5401,TO-92 EBC,T&A
80009
04713
151-0350-03
2N6400
THYRISTOR,PWR:BIPOLAR,SCR,50V,16A RMS,PHASE
CONTROL,2N6400,TO-220
A1R1
A1R2
A1R3
A1R4
A1R5
A1R7
303-0155-00
301-0225-02
303-0155-00
303-0155-00
303-0155-00
322-3385-00
RES,FXD,CMPSN:1.5M OHM,5%,1W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:2.2M OHM,5%,0.5W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:1.5M OHM,5%,1W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:1.5M OHM,5%,1W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:1.5M OHM,5%,1W
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
57668
303-0155-00
301-0225-02
303-0155-00
303-0155-00
303-0155-00
CRB20 FXE 100K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R8
322-3097-00
311-1256-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 100E
311-1256-00
A1R11
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;2.5M OHM,10%,0.5W,0.375
SQ,TOP ADJUST;BULK
A1R12
A1R13
315-0471-03
322-3097-00
RES,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W
80009
91637
315-0471-03
RES,FXD:METAL FILM,100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100
PPM,AXIAL,T&R,SMALL BODY
CCF501G100R0F
A1R14
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:METAL FILM,10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100
PPM,AXIAL,T&R,SMALL BODY
91637
CCF501G10R00F
A1R20
A1R22
A1R24
322-3248-00
322-3329-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD,FILM:3.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:26.1K OHM.1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
57668
322-3248-00
CRB20 FXE 26K1
CRB20 FXE 100E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R25
322-3097-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 100E
A1R26
A1R27
A1R28
A1R29
A1R30
A1R31
322-3452-00
322-3300-02
322-3344-00
315-0470-03
315-0103-03
322-3385-00
RES,FXD,FILM:499K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO
RES,FXD,FILM:13K OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2
RES,FXD,FILM:37.4K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W
91637
57668
80009
80009
80009
57668
CCF50-2-G4993FT
CRB20 DYE 13K0
322-3344-00
315-0470-03
RES,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W
315-0103-03
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100K
A1R32
A1R33
A1R34
322-3452-00
322-3300-02
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:499K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO
RES,FXD,FILM:13K OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2
91637
57668
57668
CCF50-2-G4993FT
CRB20 DYE 13K0
CRB20 FXE 2K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R35
A1R36
A1R37
322-3162-00
322-3222-00
322-3034-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;475 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
57668
322-3162-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K00
CRB20FXE2K94
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R38
A1R39
A1R40
A1R41
315-0226-01
315-0471-03
315-0103-03
322-3121-00
RES,FXD,CMPSN:22 M OHM,5%,0.25W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W
80009
80009
80009
80009
315-0226-01
315-0471-03
315-0103-03
322-3121-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;178 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R42
322-3402-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3402-00
A1R43
A1R44
A1R45
315-0471-03
315-0471-03
311-2239-00
RES,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W
80009
80009
315-0471-03
315-0471-03
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;100K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 100K
A1R46
A1R47
A1R48
322-3001-00
322-3385-00
322-3239-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
57668
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100K
CRB20 FXE 3K01
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
8-8
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A1R49
A1R50
311-2239-00
322-3001-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;100K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 100K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3001-00
A1R51
A1R52
322-3260-00
322-3001-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 4K99
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R53
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3001-00
A1R54
A1R55
322-3260-00
322-3322-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 4K99
322-3322-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R56
A1R57
A1R58
322-3001-00
322-3034-00
311-2239-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20FXE2K94
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;100K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 100K
A1R59
A1R60
A1R61
322-3485-07
322-3268-00
322-3034-00
RES,FXD,FILM:5K OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9
RES,FXD,FILM:6.04K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
80009
57668
CCF501C50000B
322-3268-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20FXE2K94
A1R62
A1R63
A1R64
A1R65
322-3097-OO
322-3222-00
322-3385-00
322-3385-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SMALL BODY
80009
57668
57668
57668
322-3097-OO
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K00
CRB20 FXE 100K
CRB20 FXE 100K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R66
A1R67
322-3452-00
322-3001-00
RES,FXD,FILM:499K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO
91637
80009
CCF50-2-G4993FT
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R68
322-3121-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;178 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3121-00
A1R69
A1R70
A1R71
322-3289-07
322-3289-07
322-3418-00
RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9,T&R,SM BODY
80009
80009
57668
322-3289-07
322-3289-07
RES,FXD:MET FILM;221K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 221K
A1R72
A1R73
322-3001-00
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
80009
322-3001-00
322-3001-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A1R74
A1R75
A1R76
A1R77
322-3260-00
322-3260-00
322-3248-00
322-3097-OO
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:3.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
80009
80009
CRB20 FXE 4K99
CRB20 FXE 4K99
322-3248-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SMALL BODY
322-3097-OO
A1R78
322-3248-00
RES,FXD,FILM:3.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 TAPED &
REELED,SMALL BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 3K74
A1R79
A1R80
322-3356-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:49.9K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
322-3356-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A1R81
322-3121-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;178 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3121-00
A1R82
A1R83
A1R84
A1R85
322-3260-00
322-3289-07
322-3315-00
322-3385-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
80009
91637
CRB20 FXE 4K99
322-3289-07
RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD,FILM:18.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
322-3315-00
RES,FXD:METAL FILM,100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100
PPM,AXIAL,T&R,SMALL BODY
CCF501G10002F
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-9
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A1R86
A1R87
308-0793-00
322-3034-00
RES,FXD:0.51 OHM,5%,1WTC=150PPM/DEG C,MI,T&R
80009
57668
308-0793-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20FXE2K94
A1R88
322-3222-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A1R89
A1R90
A1R91
A1R92
A1R93
307-0746-00
305-0242-00
306-0104-00
306-0104-00
322-3402-00
RES,THERMAL:5 OHM,10%,7A/DEG C
RES,FXD,CMPSN:2.4K OHM,5%,2W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,10%,2W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,10%,2W
80009
80009
01121
01121
80009
307-0746-00
305-0242-00
HB1041
HB1041
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3402-00
A1R94
A1R95
322-3402-00
322-3256-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
91637
322-3402-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.53K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 MI,SMALL
BODY
CCF50-2-G4531FT
A1R96
A1R97
322-3356-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:49.9K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
322-3356-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A1R98
A1R99
322-3289-07
311-2239-00
RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3289-07
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET,100K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,TOP ADJUST,T&R
TK2073 GF06UT2 104 M L20
A1R101
322-3068-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;49.9 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3068-00
A1R102
A1R103
A1T1
308-0290-00
322-3452-00
120-1695-00
120-1945-00
120-1944-00
214-4085-00
RES,FXD,WW:8 OHM,5%,5W
80009
91637
80009
80009
80009
26364
308-0290-00
CCF50-2-G4993FT
120-1695-00
120-1945-00
120-1944-00
104-01-02
RES,FXD,FILM:499K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO
XFMR,PWR:HI V,FDBK 3V, RESN 231V, 100V 1MA,
XFMR,RF:PRI 8UH,2:7,ON-OFF,VERT MT,PC MT
XFMR,RF:
A1T2
A1T3
A1TP1
TERM,TEST PT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIA PCB,0.015 X
0.032 BRS,W/ RED NYLON COLLAR
A1TP2
214-4085-00
TERM,TEST PT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIA PCB,0.015 X
0.032 BRS,W/ RED NYLON COLLAR
26364
104-01-02
A1U1
A1U2
A1U3
152-0900-00
156-0067-00
156-1225-00
MOD,HV:7.5KVAC IN,15KVDC OUT,POTTED MOD;MSL2556
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,OP-AMP;741C,DIP08.3
80009
80009
01295
152-0900-00
156-0067-00
LM393P
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,COMPTR;DUAL,OPEN
COLL,300NS;LM393N,DIP08.3
A1U4
A1U5
A1VR1
156-2761-01
156-2524-00
156-1631-01
IC,DGTL:HCMOS,MULTIVIBRATOR;74HC221A,DIP16.3,TUBE 80009
156-2761-01
UC3842N
IC,LIN:
12969
80009
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,VR;AD-
JUST,SHUNT,100MA,2.2%;TL431CLP,TO-92 T&A
156-1631-01
A1VR2
A1VR3
A1VR4
A1VR5
A1VR6
A1W1
A1W2
A1W3
A1W4
152-0195-00
152-0195-00
152-0149-00
152-0287-00
152-0287-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
DIO,ZENER:5.1V,5%,0.4W;1N751A FMLY,DO-35 OR 7
DIODE,ZENER:5.1V,5%,0.4W,MZ5523D,DO-35 OR 7
DIODE,ZENER:10V,5%,0.4W,1N961B,DO-7 OR DO-35,T&R
DIODE,ZENER:110V,5%,0.4W,1N986B,DO-7 OR 35,TR
DIODE,ZENER:110V,5%,0.4W,1N986B,DO-7 OR 35,TR
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
80009
04713
04713
04713
04713
80009
80009
80009
80009
152-0195-00
SZ11755RL
1N961BRL
1N986BRL
1N986BRL
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
A2
671-0041-01
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:FRONT PANEL,388-9484-XX
WIRED,1705A
80009
80009
80009
671-0041-01
150-1289-00
150-1290-00
A2DS112
A 2 D S 11 3
A2DS126
A2DS127
A2DS128
A2DS133
A2DS135
150-1289-00
- - - - - - - - - -
150-1290-00
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
150-1286-00
- - - - - - - - - -
LED ASSY:DIR;2 IN 3 GRN
( PA R T O F A 2 D S 11 2 )
LED ASSY:DIR;3 IN 3 GRN
(PART OF A2DS126)
(PART OF A2DS126)
LED ASSY:DIR;2 IN 2 GRN
(PART OF A2DS133)
80009
150-1286-00
8-10
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A2DS213
A2DS313
A2DS314
A2P112
150-1283-00
150-1289-00
- - - - - - - - - -
175-9773-01
311-2540-00
LED ASSY:DIR;1 IN 1
80009
80009
150-1283-00
150-1289-00
LED ASSY:DIR;2 IN 3 GRN
(PART OF A2DS313)
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:34,26 AWG,5.0 L
TK1462 ORDER BY DESCR
A2R211
RES,VAR,PNL:CP,20K OHM,20%,0.5W,LINEAR,W/
GROUNDING LUG,0.5 IN DIA
12697
311-2540-00
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2287-00
366-0665-00
SPRING:COMPRESSION SPRING,0.026,302 STAINLESS
STEEL,0.313,+/-,0.0A0
8X345
80009
12697
80009
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
CM45210
KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
A2R235
RES,VAR,NONWW:PNL,20K OHM,10%,0.5W
*ATTACHED PARTS*
KNOB:GRAY,0.41 ID X 0.546 OD X 0.67 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
366-0665-00
A2R343
A2R411
322-3342-00
311-2540-00
RES,FXD,FILM:35.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
12697
CRB20 FXE 35K7
311-2540-00
RES,VAR,PNL:CP,20K OHM,20%,0.5W,LINEAR,W/
GROUNDING LUG,0.5 IN DIA
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
SPRING:COMPRESSION SPRING,0.026,302 STAINLESS
STEEL,0.313,+/-,0.0A0
8X345
80009
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
A2R419
A2R428
311-2287-00
311-2540-00
RES,VAR,NONWW:PNL,20K OHM,10%,0.5W
12697
12697
CM45210
RES,VAR,PNL:CP,20K OHM,20%,0.5W,LINEAR,W/
GROUNDING LUG,0.5 IN DIA
311-2540-00
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2540-00
SPRING:COMPRESSION SPRING,0.026,302 STAINLESS
STEEL,0.313,+/-,0.0A0
8X345
80009
12697
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2540-00
KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
A2R444
A2R511
A2R528
RES,VAR,PNL:CP,20K OHM,20%,0.5W,LINEAR,W/
GROUNDING LUG,0.5 IN DIA
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2540-00
SPRING:COMPRESSION SPRING,0.026,302 STAINLESS
STEEL,0.313,+/-,0.0A0
8X345
80009
12697
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2540-00
KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
RES,VAR,PNL:CP,20K OHM,20%,0.5W,LINEAR,W/
GROUNDING LUG,0.5 IN DIA
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2540-00
SPRING:COMPRESSION SPRING,0.026,302 STAINLESS
STEEL,0.313,+/-,0.0A0
8X345
80009
12697
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
311-2540-00
KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
RES,VAR,PNL:CP,20K OHM,20%,0.5W,LINEAR,W/
GROUNDING LUG,0.5 IN DIA
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
260-2300-00
366-0616-00
260-2300-00
366-0616-00
SPRING:COMPRESSION SPRING,0.026,302 STAINLESS
STEEL,0.313,+/-,0.0A0
8X345
80009
34361
80009
34361
80009
214-4725-00
366-1701-01
B3F1152
KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 H
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
SW,PUSH:SPST,25MA,15VAC
*ATTACHED PARTS*
A2S109
A2S123
PUSH BTN:0.585 X 0.3 X 0.150
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
SW,PUSH:SPST,25MA,15VAC
*ATTACHED PARTS*
366-0616-00
B3F1152
PUSH BTN:0.585 X 0.3 X 0.150
366-0616-00
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-11
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
SW,PUSH:SPST,25MA,15VAC
*ATTACHED PARTS*
A2S139
A2S311
A2S345
260-2300-00
366-0616-00
260-2300-00
366-0616-00
260-2300-00
366-0616-00
34361
80009
34361
80009
34361
80009
B3F1152
PUSH BTN:0.585 X 0.3 X 0.150
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
SW,PUSH:SPST,25MA,15VAC
*ATTACHED PARTS*
366-0616-00
B3F1152
PUSH BTN:0.585 X 0.3 X 0.150
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
SW,PUSH:SPST,25MA,15VAC
*ATTACHED PARTS*
366-0616-00
B3F1152
PUSH BTN:0.585 X 0.3 X 0.150
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
366-0616-00
A3
A3
672-1373-05
672-1373-08
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN BOARD ASSY,1705A
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN BOARD ASSY,1705A
*ATTACHED PARTS*
80009
80009
672-1373-05
672-1373-08
8-15-2003
131-3717-00
202-0196-01
337-0607-00
337-2804-00
337-3834-00
337-3923-00
337-3924-00
337-3925-00
BUS,CNDCT:
TK1884 SM2098
SHIELD,ELEC:1.29 SQ X 0.675,AL
PLATE,ELEC SHLD:CIRCUIT BOARD
SHIELD,ELEC:CIRCUIT BOARD
SHIELD,ELEC:1705A,BRS
02875
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
HU4430-0.953-AL
337-0607-00
337-2804-00
337-3834-00
337-3923-00
337-3924-00
337-3925-00
SHIELD,ELEC:TOP,1705A
SHIELD,ELEC:FENCE,1705A
SHIELD,ELEC:BOTTOM,1705A
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
A3C1
A3C2
A3C3
A3C4
A3C5
290-0748-00
281-0819-00
281-0819-00
281-0775-01
290-1296-00
CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,+50-20%,25WVDC
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;33 PF,5%,50V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;33 PF,5%,50V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
24165
04222
04222
501D106F063LL4
SA102A330JAA
SA102A330JAA
SA105E104MAA
290-1296-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,ALUM:100UF,20%,25V,8 X 9MM;RDL,105
DEG,BULK
80009
A3C6
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
290-1295-00
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
290-1295-00
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,16V,5 X 9 MM;RDL,105 DEG,BULK 80009
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,16V,5 X 9 MM;RDL,105 DEG,BULK 80009
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
290-1295-00
A3C7
A3C8
A3C10
A3C11
A3C12
A3C13
A3C14
A3C15
A3C16
A3C17
A3C18
A3C19
A3C20
A3C21
A3C22
A3C24
A3C25
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
290-1295-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
SA101C102KAA
A3C26
A3C28
A3C29
A3C30
A3C31
290-1295-00
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,16V,5 X 9 MM;RDL,105 DEG,BULK 80009
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
290-1295-00
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C32
281-0772-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
SA101C472KAA
8-12
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3C33
A3C34
A3C35
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C36
A3C37
A3C38
A3C39
290-0920-00
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:33UF,+50-20%,35WVDC
55680
UVX1H330MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA101C102KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
A3C40
A3C41
A3C42
281-0775-01
281-0763-00
281-0797-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA102A470KAA
281-0797-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;47PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
04222
80009
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;15PF,10%,100V,SAF ,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
A3C43
A3C46
A3C47
A3C48
A3C49
A3C50
A3C51
281-0823-00
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0538-00
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,50V
04222
SA101A471KAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
281-0538-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1PF,20%,500V,O.170 X 0.220;AXIAL
80009
04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
SA101C102KAA
A3C52
A3C53
A3C54
281-0167-00
281-0775-01
281-0812-00
CAP,VAR,CER DI:9-45PF,200V
33095
53-717-001 D9-45
SA105E104MAA
SA101C102KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
A3C55
A3C56
A3C57
A3C58
281-0178-00
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0773-00
CAP,VAR,PLSTC:1-3.5PF,500V
80009
281-0178-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C59
A3C60
A3C61
A3C62
A3C63
A3C64
A3C65
A3C68
281-0823-00
281-0809-00
290-0920-00
281-0123-00
281-0809-00
281-0167-00
281-0775-01
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,50V
04222
04222
55680
59660
04222
33095
SA101A471KAA
SA101A201JAA
UVX1H330MAA
518-000A5-25
SA101A201JAA
53-717-001 D9-45
SA105E104MAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:33UF,+50-20%,35WVDC
CAP,VAR,CER DI:5-25PF,100V
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,VAR,CER DI:9-45PF,200V
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C69
A3C70
281-0168-00
281-0773-00
CAP,VAR,AIR DI:1.3-5.4PF,250V
80009
281-0168-00
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C71
A3C72
A3C73
281-0820-00
281-0820-00
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;680 PF,10%,50V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;680 PF,10%,50V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
04222
04222
SA101C681KAA
SA101C681KAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C74
A3C77
A3C78
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
SA101C102KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
A3C79
A3C80
A3C81
281-0775-01
281-0775-01
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA105E104MAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C82
A3C83
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.047UF,20%,50V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.047UF,20%,50V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI 04222
SA105E473MAA
SA105E473MAA
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-13
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3C84
A3C85
281-0812-00
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
04222
SA101C102KAA
SA101C102KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
A3C87
A3C88
A3C89
A3C90
283-0599-02
281-0809-00
281-0775-01
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:98PF,5%,500V
09023
04222
CDA10FD980J03
SA101A201JAA
SA105E104MAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A3C91
A3C92
A3C93
A3C100
290-0920-00
281-0864-00
281-0765-00
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:33UF,+50-20%,35WVDC
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;430PF,5%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
CAP,FXD,CER DI:100PF,5%,100V
55680
04222
04222
04222
UVX1H330MAA
SA101A431JAA
SA102A101JAA
SA101C102KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
A3C101
A3C102
A3CR1
281-0904-00
281-0775-01
152-0141-02
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;12PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
80009
281-0904-00
SA105E104MAA
152-0141-02
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
05828
05828
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
05828
05828
80009
80009
80009
80009
A3CR2
152-0501-01
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:FAST RCVRY;70V,200MA,100NS,COM-
ANODE;MSD6150,TO-92,TR
152-0501-01
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
GP10G-020
GP10G-020
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
GP10G-020
GP10G-020
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
A3CR3
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3CR4
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3CR5
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3CR6
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3CR7
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3CR8
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3CR9
DIO,RECT:400V,1A,IFSM=30A,1.2VF,2US;GP10G/1N5060,T&
R,SAF CONT
A3CR10
A3CR11
A3CR12
A3CR13
A3CR14
A3CR15
A3CR16
A3CR17
A3CR18
A3CR19
A3CR20
A3CR21
A3CR22
DIO,RECT:400V,1A,IFSM=30A,1.2VF,2US;GP10G/1N5060,T&
R,SAF CONT
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,RECT:400V,1A,IFSM=30A,1.2VF,2US;GP10G/1N5060,T&
R,SAF CONT
DIO,RECT:400V,1A,IFSM=30A,1.2VF,2US;GP10G/1N5060,T&
R,SAF CONT
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
8-14
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3CR23
A3CR24
A3CR25
A3CR26
A3CR27
A3CR28
A3CR29
A3CR30
A3CR31
A3CR32
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A3FL1
A3FL2
A3FL3
A3FL4
A3J1
119-4325-00
119-4324-00
119-2590-00
119-2590-00
131-3571-00
131-4752-00
FLTR,BANDPASS:
FLTR,BANDPASS:
FLTR,RFI:10.7MHZ
FLTR,RFI:10.7MHZ
CONN,HDR:
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
119-4325-00
119-4324-00
119-2590-00
119-2590-00
131-3571-00
131-4752-00
A3J2
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,45 DEG,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.240 MLG X
0.110 TAIL,30 GLD
A3J3
A3J4
A3J5
A3J6
131-4752-00
175-9797-00
131-2919-01
131-2919-01
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,45 DEG,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.240 MLG X
0.110 TAIL,30 GLD
80009
00779
80009
80009
131-4752-00
487729-1
CA ASSY,SP:FLAT FLEX;FLX,10,27 AWG,2.5 L,1X10,BOX X
STR,SLDR TAB,CONN NON PLZ
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 4,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
131-2919-01
131-2919-01
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 4,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
A3J9
131-0391-00
131-2919-01
CONN,RF JACK:
80009
80009
131-0391-00
131-2919-01
A3J10
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 4,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
A3J11
131-0391-00
131-4752-00
CONN,RF JACK:
80009
80009
131-0391-00
131-4752-00
A3J100
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,45 DEG,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.240 MLG X
0.110 TAIL,30 GLD
A3J101
A3J200
A3J201
A3J202
A3J203
A3J300
A3L1
131-4752-00
131-4794-00
131-4794-00
131-4794-00
131-4794-00
131-4752-00
120-0382-00
120-0382-00
120-0382-00
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,45 DEG,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.240 MLG X
0.110 TAIL,30 GLD
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
131-4752-00
131-4794-00
131-4794-00
131-4794-00
131-4794-00
131-4752-00
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.112 TAIL,30 GLD,0.035 DIA PCB
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,45 DEG,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,0.240 MLG X
0.110 TAIL,30 GLD
COIL,RF:210UH,+28%-43%,14 TURNS,TEST COND. 10 KHZ, TK1345 120-0382-00
0.115 MA
A3L2
COIL,RF:210UH,+28%-43%,14 TURNS,TEST COND. 10 KHZ, TK1345 120-0382-00
0.115 MA
A3L3
COIL,RF:210UH,+28%-43%,14 TURNS,TEST COND. 10 KHZ, TK1345 120-0382-00
0.115 MA
A3L4
A3L5
114-0475-00
108-0826-00
COIL,RF:
COIL,RF:
80009
80009
114-0475-00
108-0826-00
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-15
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3L6
A3L7
108-0987-00
120-0382-00
COIL,RF:FIXED,45NH
80009
108-0987-00
COIL,RF:210UH,+28%-43%,14 TURNS,TEST COND. 10 KHZ, TK1345 120-0382-00
0.115 MA
A3L8
120-0382-00
COIL,RF:210UH,+28%-43%,14 TURNS,TEST COND. 10 KHZ, TK1345 120-0382-00
0.115 MA
A3L9
108-0826-00
120-0382-00
COIL,RF:
80009
108-0826-00
A3L10
COIL,RF:210UH,+28%-43%,14 TURNS,TEST COND. 10 KHZ, TK1345 120-0382-00
0.115 MA
A3L11
A3L12
A3L14
A3L15
A3L16
A3L17
A3L18
A3L19
A3P3
108-0444-00
108-0444-00
108-0826-00
108-0395-00
108-0262-00
108-0170-01
108-0455-00
108-0395-00
131-3957-00
COIL,RF:FIXED,15NH
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
108-0444-00
108-0444-00
108-0826-00
108-0395-00
108-0262-00
108-0170-01
108-0455-00
108-0395-00
131-3957-00
COIL,RF:FIXED,15NH
COIL,RF:
COIL,RF:FIXED,64UH
COIL,RF:FIXED,505NH
COIL,RF:FIXED,360NH ON FORM 276-0153-00
COIL,RF:FIXED,24NH,15%
COIL,RF:FIXED,64UH
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
A3P5
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0476-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0282-00
151-0719-01
151-0367-00
151-0347-02
151-0347-02
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
56289
56289
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
131-3957-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0476-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0282-00
151-0719-01
151-0367-00
CT7916
A3P6
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
A3P10
A3P100
A3P101
A3P300
A3Q1
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
BUS,CNDCT:SHUNT,1 X 2,0.1 CTR,JUMPER,0.2 H,LOW
PF,BLK
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
A3Q2
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
A3Q3
XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,NPN;100V,3.0A,3.0MHZ,
AMPL;TIP31C,TO-220
A3Q4
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
A3Q5
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
A3Q6
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
A3Q7
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
A3Q8
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
A3Q9
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
A3Q10
A3Q11
A3Q12
A3Q13
A3Q14
A3Q15
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;12V,50MA,900MHZ,
AMPL;2N5179,TO-72
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;20V,50MA,600MHZ,
AMPL;MPSH81,TO-92 BEC,T/A
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;25V,30MA,1.0GHZ;MPS-H10 SPE-
CIAL,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;160V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5551,TO-92 EBC,T&A
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;160V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5551,TO-92 EBC,T&A
CT7916
8-16
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3Q16
A3Q17
A3Q18
A3Q19
A3Q20
A3Q21
A3Q22
A3Q23
A3Q24
A3Q25
A3Q26
A3Q27
A3Q28
A3Q29
A3Q30
A3Q31
A3Q32
A3Q100
A3Q101
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0347-02
151-0190-00
151-0347-02
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
56289
80009
56289
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
CT7916
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;160V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5551,TO-92 EBC,T&A
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
151-0190-00
CT7916
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;160V,600MA,100MHZ,
AMPL;2N5551,TO-92 EBC,T&A
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,
AMPL;2N3904,TO-92 EBC
A3R1
A3R2
322-3276-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:7.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
322-3276-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R3
A3R4
322-3306-00
311-2232-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 15K0
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET,2K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 2K
A3R5
A3R6
307-0446-00
322-3097-00
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:10K OHM,20%,(9)RES
80009
57668
307-0446-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100E
A3R7
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
57668
57668
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
A3R8
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R9
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R10
A3R11
A3R12
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-17
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R13
A3R14
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R15
A3R16
322-3251-00
322-3402-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 4K02
322-3402-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R17
A3R18
322-3254-00
322-3402-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
322-3254-00
322-3402-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R19
A3R20
301-0181-00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD,FILM:180 OHM,5%,0.5W
80009
80009
301-0181-00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R21
A3R23
A3R24
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R25
A3R26
322-3326-00
322-3318-00
RES,FXD,FILM:24.3K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC-T0
91637
57668
CCF50-2F24301F
CRB20 FXE 20K0
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R27
A3R28
A3R29
A3R30
311-2236-00
322-3318-00
311-2236-00
322-3306-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 20K0
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 15K0
A3R31
A3R32
322-3260-00
322-3318-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 4K99
CRB20 FXE 20K0
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R33
A3R34
A3R35
A3R36
A3R37
A3R38
A3R39
A3R40
A3R41
A3R42
A3R43
322-3318-00
322-3385-00
311-2235-00
311-2234-00
311-2236-00
311-2236-00
322-3193-00
322-3114-00
322-3258-00
322-3289-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 20K0
CRB20 FXE 100K
311-2235-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;10K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP 80009
ADJUST;T&R
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;5K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 5K
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
91637
80009
80009
57668
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CCF50-2-G1500F
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A3R44
A3R45
322-3239-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 3K01
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R46
322-3222-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 2K00
8-18
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R47
A3R48
A3R49
A3R50
322-3318-00
311-2235-00
311-2235-00
322-3265-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 20K0
311-2235-00
311-2235-00
322-3265-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;10K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP 80009
ADJUST;T&R
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;10K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP 80009
ADJUST;T&R
RES,FXD:MET FILM;5.62K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
A3R52
A3R53
A3R54
322-3360-00
322-3391-00
322-3318-00
RES,FXD,FILM:54.9K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:115K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
57668
CRB20 FXE 54K9
322-3391-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 20K0
A3R55
A3R56
A3R57
A3R58
A3R59
311-2234-00
311-2236-00
311-2234-00
311-2232-00
322-3318-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;5K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 5K
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
TK1450 GF06UT 5K
TK1450 GF06UT 2K
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;5K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET,2K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 20K0
A3R60
A3R61
322-3279-00
311-2236-00
RES,FXD,FILM:7.87K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
CRB20 FXE 7K87
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
A3R62
A3R63
322-3289-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
80009
322-3289-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R64
A3R65
A3R66
322-3421-00
322-3239-00
322-3346-00
RES,FXD,FILM:237K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
57668
80009
CCF50-2F23702F
CRB20 FXE 3K01
322-3346-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;39.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R67
A3R68
322-3222-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 2K00
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R69
A3R70
322-3326-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD,FILM:24.3K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC-T0
91637
57668
CCF50-2F24301F
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R71
A3R72
A3R73
322-3222-00
322-3273-00
322-3314-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
80009
80009
CRB20 FXE 2K00
322-3273-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;6.81K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;18.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3314-00
A3R74
A3R76
322-3244-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:3.4K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
322-3244-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A3R77
A3R78
322-3172-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD,FILM:604 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 604E
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R79
A3R80
A3R81
A3R83
322-3318-00
322-3289-00
311-2235-00
322-3385-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 20K0
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;10K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP 80009
ADJUST;T&R
311-2235-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 100K
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-19
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R84
A3R85
A3R86
A3R87
A3R88
A3R89
322-3193-00
322-3258-00
322-3385-00
322-3258-00
322-3193-00
311-2236-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
80009
57668
80009
57668
CRB20 FXE 1K00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100K
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;20K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 20K
A3R90
A3R91
A3R92
322-3246-00
322-3335-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:3.57K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:30.1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
57668
322-3246-00
CRB20 FXE 30K1
CRB20 FXE 2K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R93
A3R94
322-3290-00
322-3226-00
RES,FXD,FILM:10.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
322-3290-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2.21K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K21
A3R95
A3R96
322-3277-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD,FILM:7.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 7K50
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R97
A3R98
A3R100
322-3360-00
322-3260-00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD,FILM:54.9K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 54K9
CRB20 FXE 4K99
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R101
A3R102
A3R103
322-3258-00
322-3258-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
80009
80009
322-3258-00
322-3258-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R104
A3R105
322-3165-00
322-3318-00
RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 511E
CRB20 FXE 20K0
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R106
A3R107
A3R108
322-3421-00
322-3356-00
322-3265-00
RES,FXD,FILM:237K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:49.9K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
80009
80009
CCF50-2F23702F
322-3356-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;5.62K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3265-00
A3R109
A3R110
322-3269-02
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:6.19K OHM,0.2W,5%
80009
80009
322-3269-02
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R111
A3R112
311-2230-00
322-3258-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;500 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP TK1450 GF06UT 500
ADJUST;T&R
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3258-00
A3R113
A3R116
A3R117
A3R118
311-2229-00
322-3172-00
322-3165-00
322-3281-00
RES,VAR,NONWW:TRMR,250 OHM,20%,0.5W LIN
RES,FXD,FILM:604 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
TK1450 GF06UT 250
57668
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 604E
CRB20 FXE 511E
322-3281-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;8.25K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R119
A3R120
322-3281-00
322-3306-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;8.25K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
322-3281-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 15K0
A3R121
A3R122
322-3165-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 511E
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R123
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3289-00
8-20
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R124
A3R125
A3R126
A3R127
A3R128
A3R129
A3R131
A3R132
A3R133
322-3269-02
322-3299-00
322-3481-00
322-3184-00
322-3360-00
322-3260-00
322-3126-00
322-3126-00
322-3369-00
RES,FXD,FILM:6.19K OHM,0.2W,5%
80009
80009
80009
57668
57668
57668
80009
80009
80009
322-3269-02
RES,FXD,FILM:12.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM.1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:806 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:54.9K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:200 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:200 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
322-3299-00
322-3481-00
CRB20 FXE 806E
CRB20 FXE 54K9
CRB20 FXE 4K99
322-3126-00
322-3126-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;68.1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3369-00
A3R134
301-0160-00
308-0344-00
672-1373-07
RES,FXD,FILM:16 OHM,5%,0.50W
RES,FXD,WW; 18.2 OHM,1%,3W
57668
00213
TR50J-E 16E
672-1373-08
1240S 18.2 OHM 1
PERCENT
A3R135
A3R136
A3R137
A3R138
322-3222-00
322-3114-00
322-3130-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
91637
80009
80009
80009
CRB20 FXE 2K00
CCF50-2-G1500F
322-3130-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;221 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3289-00
A3R139
A3R140
322-3285-00
311-2238-00
RES,FXD,FILM:9.09K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
322-3285-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 50 K
A3R141
A3R142
322-3143-00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 301E
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R143
A3R144
322-3318-00
322-3377-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
91637
CRB20 FXE 20K0
CCF50-2F82501F
RES,FXD:MET FILM;82.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R145
A3R146
322-3024-00
322-3044-00
RES,FXD,FILM:17.4 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20FXE1K62
CRB20FXE9K35
RES,FXD:MET FILM;28 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R146
A3R147
322-3143-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 301E
CRB20 FXE 100E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R148
A3R149
322-3177-02
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:681 OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2
80009
80009
322-3177-02
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R150
A3R151
A3R152
322-3289-00
322-3318-00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
80009
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 20K0
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R153
A3R154
A3R155
322-3143-00
322-3143-00
322-3243-00
RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
91637
CRB20 FXE 301E
CRB20 FXE 301E
CCF50-1-G33200F
RES,FXD:MET FILM;3.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R156
A3R157
A3R158
A3R159
322-3289-00
322-3289-00
322-3318-00
322-3414-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
80009
57668
91637
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 20K0
CCF501G20002F
RES,FXD:MET FILM;200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R160
A3R161
322-3453-00
322-3262-00
RES,FXD,FILM:511K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:5.23K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
80009
CCF50-2F51102F
322-3262-00
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-21
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R162
A3R163
322-3284-00
322-3226-00
RES,FXD,FILM:8.87K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 8K87
CRB20 FXE 2K21
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2.21K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R165
A3R166
A3R167
322-3143-00
322-3024-00
322-3243-00
RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:17.4 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
91637
CRB20 FXE 301E
CRB20FXE1K62
CCF50-1-G33200F
RES,FXD:MET FILM;3.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R168
A3R169
311-2234-00
322-3044-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;5K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 5K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;28 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20FXE9K35
A3R170
A3R171
322-3184-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD,FILM:806 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 806E
CRB20 FXE 100E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R172
322-3097-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 100E
A3R173
A3R174
A3R175
A3R176
322-3181-00
322-3224-00
311-2227-00
311-2238-00
RES,FXD,FILM:750 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:2.1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,VAR,NONWW:TRMR,100 OHM,20%,0.5W LIN
80009
91637
322-3181-00
CCF50-2F21000F
TK1450 GF06UT 100
TK1450 GF06UT 50 K
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197
SQ,SIDE ADJUST;T&R
A3R177
322-3222-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A3R178
A3R179
A3R180
308-0549-00
308-0549-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,WW:6.3K OHM,1%,3W
RES,FXD,WW:6.3K OHM,1%,3W
80009
80009
80009
308-0549-00
308-0549-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R181
A3R182
A3R183
A3R184
A3R185
A3R186
322-3085-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
322-3289-00
322-3097-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;75 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
57668
80009
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 75E0
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 100E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R187
A3R188
A3R189
322-3134-00
322-3269-02
322-3193-00
RES,FXD,FILM:243 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:6.19K OHM,0.2W,5%
80009
80009
57668
322-3134-00
322-3269-02
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 1K00
A3R190
A3R191
322-3281-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;8.25K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
322-3281-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 1K00
A3R192
A3R193
A3R194
322-3128-00
322-3128-00
322-3385-00
RES,FXD,FILM:210 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0,MI,SMALL BODY
RES,FXD,FILM:210 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0,MI,SMALL BODY
57668
57668
57668
CRB20FXE210E
CRB20FXE210E
CRB20 FXE 100K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R195
A3R196
A3R197
A3R198
322-3177-02
322-3148-00
322-3376-00
322-3097-00
RES,FXD,FILM:681 OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2
RES,FXD,FILM:340 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:80.6K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
91637
80009
57668
322-3177-02
CCF50-2F340R0F
322-3376-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100E
A3R199
A3R200
322-3177-02
322-3097-00
RES,FXD,FILM:681 OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2
80009
57668
322-3177-02
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100E
A3R201
322-3138-00
RES,FXD,FILM:267 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
322-3138-00
8-22
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R202
A3R203
A3R204
322-3134-00
322-3134-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:243 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:243 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
80009
322-3134-00
322-3134-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R205
322-3281-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;8.25K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
322-3281-00
A3R206
A3R207
A3R208
A3R209
322-3134-00
322-3134-00
322-3305-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:243 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:243 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:14.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
80009
80009
322-3134-00
322-3134-00
322-3305-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R210
A3R211
A3R212
A3R213
A3R214
A3R215
A3R216
A3R217
A3R218
A3R219
322-3318-00
322-3097-00
322-3222-00
322-3097-00
322-3258-00
322-3318-00
322-3281-00
322-3235-00
322-3289-00
322-3306-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
57668
57668
80009
57668
80009
57668
80009
57668
CRB20 FXE 20K0
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 2K00
CRB20 FXE 100E
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 20K0
322-3281-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;8.25K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 2K74
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 15K0
A3R220
A3R221
A3R222
322-3165-00
322-3165-00
322-3306-00
RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 511E
CRB20 FXE 511E
CRB20 FXE 15K0
RES,FXD:MET FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R223
A3R224
A3R225
322-3097-00
322-3235-00
322-3201-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 100E
CRB20 FXE 2K74
322-3201-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1.21K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R226
A3R227
322-3342-00
322-3361-00
RES,FXD,FILM:35.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
91637
CRB20 FXE 35K7
CCF50-2F56201F
RES,FXD:MET FILM;56.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R228
A3R229
A3R230
A3R231
322-3277-00
322-3269-02
322-3269-02
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:7.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:6.19K OHM,0.2W,5%
RES,FXD,FILM:6.19K OHM,0.2W,5%
57668
80009
80009
80009
CRB20 FXE 7K50
322-3269-02
322-3269-02
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R232
A3R233
311-2231-00
322-3222-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;1K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 1K
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
CRB20 FXE 2K00
A3R234
A3R235
A3R236
322-3326-00
322-3239-00
322-3258-00
RES,FXD,FILM:24.3K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC-T0
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
57668
80009
CCF50-2F24301F
CRB20 FXE 3K01
322-3258-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R237
A3R238
322-3222-00
322-3254-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 2K00
322-3254-00
RES,FXD,FILM:4.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-23
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3R239
A3R240
311-2234-00
311-2234-00
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;5K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
TK1450 GF06UT 5K
TK1450 GF06UT 5K
RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;5K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ,TOP
ADJUST;T&R
A3R241
A3R242
322-3224-00
322-3385-00
RES,FXD,FILM:2.1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
57668
CCF50-2F21000F
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 100K
A3R243
A3R244
322-3481-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM.1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
322-3481-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R245
A3R246
A3R247
A3R300
322-3193-00
322-3193-00
322-3097-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
57668
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 1K00
CRB20 FXE 1K00
CRB20 FXE 100E
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R301
A3R302
A3R303
322-3315-00
322-3315-00
322-3318-00
RES,FXD,FILM:18.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:18.7K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
57668
322-3315-00
322-3315-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 20K0
A3R304
A3R305
A3R306
A3R307
322-3411-00
322-3213-00
322-3313-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:187K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:1.62K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:17.8K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
57668
91637
57668
322-3411-00
CRB20 FXE 1K62
CCF50-2F17801F
CRB20 FXE 2K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3R308
A3R309
322-3164-00
322-3222-00
RES,FXD,FILM:499 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 499E
CRB20 FXE 2K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A3T1
A3U1
120-1907-00
156-2489-00
XFMR,RF:BALUN,R 1:1,FREQ RNG 20M-600MHZ, INSR
LOSS 10DB,PKG 7.2MM SQ,6.8MM HI
80009
80009
120-1907-00
156-2489-00
IC,CONV:CMOS,A/D;8-BIT,32US,SAR,DIFF IN,SER
OUT;ADC0831,DIP08.3
A3U2
A3U3
156-1684-01
156-0991-02
MICROCKT,DGTL:MICROCOMPUTER,8 BIT
80009
80009
156-1684-01
156-0991-02
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,VR;POS,5.0V,100MA,5%;
MC78L05ACP,TO-92 T&A
A3U4
156-2029-00
136-0727-00
156-1150-01
156-1664-00
156-2091-00
156-1858-00
160-8789-00
136-0755-00
IC,MEM:NMOS,NVRAM;16 X 16, SER DATA;X2443,DIP8
*MOUNTING PARTS*
60395
09922
80009
80009
01295
80009
80009
09922
X2444P
SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCKT,8 CONT
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
DILB8P-108
156-1150-01
156-1664-00
SN74ALS00AN3
156-1858-00
160-8789-00
DILB28P-108
A3U5
A3U6
A3U7
A3U8
A3U9
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,VR;NEG,-5.0V,100MA,4%;
MC79L05ACP,TO-92,T&R
IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL NONINV D-TYPE,
3-STATE;74ALS574,DIP20.3,TUBE
IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,GATE;QUAD 2-IN
NAND;74ALS00,DIP14.3,TUBE
IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,LATCH;OCTAL D-TYPE TRANS,
3-STATE;74ALS573,DIP20.3,TUBE
IC,DGTL:CMOS,EPROM;8192 X 8,27C64,27C64,DIP28.6
*MOUNTING PARTS*
SKT,DIP:
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
IC,CONV:
A3U10
A3U11
156-2493-00
156-1126-00
80009
80009
156-2493-00
156-1126-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,COMPTR;OPEN
COLL,200NS;LM311N,DIP08.3
A3U12
A3U13
A3U14
156-1191-00
156-0048-00
156-1200-00
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;DUAL;TL072CN/LF353N,DIP08.3
IC,LIN:
80009
80009
80009
156-1191-00
156-0048-00
156-1200-00
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;QUAD;TL074CN/LF347N/
MC34004P,DIP14.3
8-24
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3U15
A3U16
156-1451-00
156-1200-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,VR;NEG,ADJUST,1.5A,4%;LM337T,TO-220
80009
80009
156-1451-00
156-1200-00
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;QUAD;TL074CN/LF347N/
MC34004P,DIP14.3
A3U17
156-3972-00
IC,MISC:CMOS,ANALOG SW;QUAD SPST,100
OHM,400NS;DG444,DIP16.3
80009
156-3972-00
A3U18
A3U19
A3U20
156-1191-00
156-1161-00
156-3972-00
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;DUAL;TL072CN/LF353N,DIP08.3
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,VR;POS,ADJUST,1.5A,4%;LM317T,TO-220
80009
04713
80009
156-1191-00
LM317T
IC,MISC:CMOS,ANALOG SW;QUAD SPST,100
OHM,400NS;DG444,DIP16.3
156-3972-00
A3U21
A3U22
156-0515-00
156-3047-00
IC,MISC:CMOS,ANALOG MUX;TPL SPDT;CD4053,DIP16.3
80009
80009
156-0515-00
156-3047-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,AMPL;RF AMP,20DB
GAIN,600MHZ;NE5205AN,DIP08.3
A3U23
156-0153-00
IC,DGTL:TTL,BFR/DRVR;HEX INV, OC, HI V
INTFC;7406,DIP14.3
80009
156-0153-00
A3U24
A3U25
A3U26
A3U27
A3U28
156-1191-00
119-2592-00
156-1191-00
156-0742-00
119-4326-00
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;DUAL;TL072CN/LF353N,DIP08.3
MIXER,FREQ:1-500MHZ
80009
80009
80009
01295
80009
156-1191-00
119-2592-00
156-1191-00
LM318P
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;DUAL;TL072CN/LF353N,DIP08.3
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,OP-AMP;HI SLEW RATE;LM318N,DIP08.3
MIXER,RF:PCB;LO/RF 10-1000MHZ,IF 5-500MHZ, CVSRN
LOSS 8DB MAX,8 PIN,A06 CASE
119-4326-00
A3U29
156-4200-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,AMPL;MICROWAVE 8.2DB
GAIN,1.0GHZ;MSA-0485/MAR-4,4 PIN X PACKAGE
80009
156-4200-00
A3U30
A3U31
156-0515-00
156-4200-00
IC,MISC:CMOS,ANALOG MUX;TPL SPDT;CD4053,DIP16.3
80009
80009
156-0515-00
156-4200-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,AMPL;MICROWAVE 8.2DB
GAIN,1.0GHZ;MSA-0485/MAR-4,4 PIN X PACKAGE
A3U32
156-4199-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,AMPL;FM IF/DET,FSK DATA SHAP-
ER,W/RSSI;MC13055P,DIP16.3
80009
156-4199-00
A3U33
A3VR1
A3VR2
A3VR3
A3W1
A3W2
A3W3
A3W4
A3W5
A3W7
A3W8
A3W10
A3W11
A3W12
A3W13
A3Y1
156-1149-00
152-0667-00
152-0667-00
152-0227-00
131-0566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-0566-00
131-4566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
174-2644-00
158-0300-00
158-0415-00
IC,LIN:BIFET,OP-AMP;LF351N,DIP08.3
27014
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
LF351N/GLEA134
152-0667-00
152-0667-00
152-0227-00
131-0566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-4566-00
131-0566-00
131-4566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
174-2644-00
158-0300-00
158-0415-00
DIO,ZENER:3V,2%,0.4W;DO-7 OR 35,TR
DIO,ZENER:3V,2%,0.4W;DO-7 OR 35,TR
DIO,ZENER:6.2V,5%,0.4W;1N753A FMLY,DO-35 OR 7,TR
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODY
BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODY
BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODY
BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODY
BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODY
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODY
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
BUS,CNDCT:DUM RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L
CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,SEMIRIGID,0.087 OD
XTAL UNIT,QTZ:12 MHZ,0.05%,SER RESN
A3Y2
XTAL,UNIT,QTZ:119.80MTZ,+/-0.005%,SER 5TH OVER-
TONE,ESR 70 OHM,PKG HC-45/U
A3Y3
A3Y4
158-0334-00
158-0334-00
XTAL UNIT,QTZ:SET OF 2 : 2 POLE ML XTAL FLTRS, CTR
XTAL UNIT,QTZ:SET OF 2 : 2 POLE ML XTAL FLTRS, CTR
80009
80009
158-0334-00
158-0334-00
A3A1
671-1796-01
150-0168-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:GRATICULE LIGHT
80009
671-1796-00
150-0168-00
A3A1DS100
LAMP,INCAND:14V,0.08A,WEDGE BASE,T1.75 FOR SKT MT 80009
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136-1119-01
SKT,LPHLDR:PCB,LPHLDR;FEM,STR,SGL,0.404 H X 0.218
TAIL,TIN,T-1.75 WEDGE BASE
80009
136-1119-00
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
A3A1DS200
150-0168-00
136-1119-01
LAMP,INCAND:14V,0.08A,WEDGE BASE,T1.75 FOR SKT MT 80009
*MOUNTING PARTS*
150-0168-00
136-1119-00
SKT,LPHLDR:PCB,LPHLDR;FEM,STR,SGL,0.404 H X 0.218
TAIL,TIN,T-1.75 WEDGE BASE
80009
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-25
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A3A1DS300
150-0168-00
136-1119-01
LAMP,INCAND:14V,0.08A,WEDGE BASE,T1.75 FOR SKT MT 80009
*MOUNTING PARTS*
150-0168-00
136-1119-00
SKT,LPHLDR:PCB,LPHLDR;FEM,STR,SGL,0.404 H X 0.218
TAIL,TIN,T-1.75 WEDGE BASE
80009
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
A3A1J100
A3A1P100
A3A1P200
A3A1P800
131-4530-00
131-0993-00
131-2790-00
131-2790-00
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,1 X 3,0.1 CTR,0.230 MLG X
0.120 TAIL,30 GLD,BD RETENTION
80009
22526
80009
80009
131-4530-00
65474-006
CONN,BOX:SHUNT/SHORTING;FEM,STR,1 X 2,0.1
CTR,0.385 H,30 GLD,BLK,JUMPER
CONN,HDR:PCB;RTANG,1 X 2,0.15 CTR,0.230 MLG X 0.120
TAIL,30 GLD
131-2790-00
131-2790-00
CONN,HDR:PCB;RTANG,1 X 2,0.15 CTR,0.230 MLG X 0.120
TAIL,30 GLD
A4
671-0145-02
290-0164-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:18V POWER SUPPLY
80009
24165
671-0145-02
A4C491
CAP,FXD,ALUM:1UF,+50%-10%,160V,0.276 X 0.567;AX-
IAL,MI,T&R
516D105M160LL7B
A4C497
A4C580
290-1311-00
290-1296-00
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,5 X 11MM;5000
HOURS,RDL,T&A
80009
80009
290-1311-00
290-1296-00
CAP,FXD,ALUM:100UF,20%,25V,8 X 9MM;RDL,105
DEG,BULK
A4C581
A4C583
A4C682
A4C683
281-0775-01
281-0771-00
281-0775-01
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
CAP,FXD,CER DI:2200PF,20%,200V 80009
SA105E104MAA
281-0771-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
A4C684
281-0773-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V,SAF,0.100 X 0.170;AX- 80009
IAL,MI
281-0773-00
A4C690
A4C697
290-0747-00
290-1311-00
CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+50-20%,25WVDC
24165
80009
516D107M025LM7B
290-1311-00
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,5 X 11MM;5000
HOURS,RDL,T&A
A4C782
290-1311-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,5 X 11MM;5000
HOURS,RDL,T&A
80009
80009
80009
290-1311-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
A4CR481
A4CR485
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
DIO,SIG:ULTRA
FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF;1N4152,DO-35,T&R
A4CR494
A4CR594
152-0400-00
152-0864-00
DIO,RECT:FAST RCVRY;400V,1A,200NS;1N4936,DO-41,T&R 80009
152-0400-00
152-0864-00
DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;150V,2A,25NS,IFSM=50A,SOFT
REC;BYV-150
80009
A4DS698
A4J698
150-1095-01
131-4553-00
LT EMITTING DIO:RED,660NM,50MA
15513
80009
200-ER
CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,RTANG,1 X 5,0.1 CTR,0.235 MLG X
0.110 TAIL,30 GLD
131-4553-00
A4L591
A4L695
A4Q481
A4Q482
A4Q588
A4Q596
A4Q783
A4R485
A4R494
108-1385-00
108-1262-00
151-0710-00
151-0622-00
151-0188-00
151-0462-00
151-0188-00
322-3162-00
322-3083-00
COIL,PWR:IDCTR;FXD,TOROID,250UH,10%,DCR = 0.155
OHMS;
24226
80009
80009
80009
80009
121AT22503H
108-1262-00
151-0710-00
151-0622-00
151-0188-00
151-0462-00
151-0188-00
322-3162-00
CRB20 FXE 71E5
COIL,RF:FXD,100UH,10%,Q=30,SRF 8.2MHZ,DCR 0.23
OHM,I MAX 0.75ARDL LEAD
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,1.0A,50MHZ,
AMPL;2N6715/MPSW01A,TO-237/TO-226AE
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,1.0A,50MHZ,
AMPL;2N6727/MPS6727/MPSW51A,TO-237/TO-226AE EBC
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,PNP;100V,3.0A,3.0MHZ, AMPL;TIP30C/ 80009
TIP32C,TO-220
XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,
AMPL;2N3906,TO-92 EBC
80009
80009
57668
RES,FXD:MET FILM;475 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD,FILM:71.5 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
8-26
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A4R581
A4R585
A4R586
A4R587
A4R588
322-3210-00
322-3162-00
322-3289-00
322-3193-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
57668
80009
80009
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 1K50
322-3162-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;475 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20 FXE 1K00
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A4R680
A4R681
322-3277-00
322-3289-00
RES,FXD,FILM:7.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 7K50
322-3289-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A4R682
A4R685
322-3426-00
322-3306-00
RES,FXD,FILM:267K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
91637
57668
CCF50-2F26702F
CRB20 FXE 15K0
RES,FXD:MET FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A4R686
322-3361-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;56.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
91637
CCF50-2F56201F
A4R687
A4R688
322-3239-00
322-3193-00
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20 FXE 3K01
CRB20 FXE 1K00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A4R690
A4R691
A4R692
A4R693
A4R696
A4U583
308-0677-00
322-3239-00
322-3239-00
322-3239-00
301-0102-00
156-1799-00
RES,FXD,WW:1 OHM,5%,2W
75042
57668
57668
57668
01121
80009
ORDER BY DESC
CRB20 FXE 3K01
CRB20 FXE 3K01
CRB20 FXE 3K01
EB1025
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.50W
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,SW-RGLTR CONT;PWM,SGL-ENDED OC
OUT;NE5561N,DIP08.3
156-1799-00
A5
671-0042-03
337-0607-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:70MHZ TUNER
*ATTACHED PARTS*
80009
80009
671-0042-03
337-0607-00
PLATE,ELEC SHLD:CIRCUIT BOARD
(QUANTITY 2)
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
A5C100
A5C102
A5C109
A5C180
A5C181
A5C185
A5C192
A5C194
A5C196
A5C198
A5C199
A5C279
281-0697-00
281-0697-00
281-0697-00
283-5050-00
283-5050-00
281-0823-00
283-0643-00
283-0782-00
283-0782-00
283-0027-00
283-0643-00
281-0812-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:5000PF,+100-0%,100V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:5000PF,+100-0%,100V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:5000PF,+100-0%,100V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:560PF,5%,50V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:560PF,5%,50V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,50V
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:22PF,0.5%,500V
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:39 PF,5%,500V
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:39 PF,5%,500V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.02UF,20%,50V
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:22PF,0.5%,500V
80009
80009
80009
54583
54583
04222
80009
80009
80009
05397
80009
04222
281-0697-00
281-0697-00
281-0697-00
C3216C0G1H561J-T
C3216C0G1H561J-T
SA101A471KAA
283-0643-00
283-0782-00
283-0782-00
C330C203M5X5CA
283-0643-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
SA101C102KAA
A5C281
A5C282
A5C283
A5C284
A5C285
281-0814-00
281-0823-00
281-0823-00
281-0823-00
281-0537-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;100 PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI 80009
281-0814-00
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,50V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,50V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,50V
04222
04222
04222
80009
SA101A471KAA
SA101A471KAA
SA101A471KAA
281-0537-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.68PF,20%,500V,0.170 X 0.187;AX-
IAL,T&R
A5C286
281-0537-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.68PF,20%,500V,0.170 X 0.187;AX-
IAL,T&R
80009
281-0537-00
A5C290
A5C292
A5C295
283-0637-00
283-0637-00
281-0772-00
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:20PF,2.5%,500V
CAP,FXD,MICA DI:20PF,2.5%,500V
80009
80009
04222
283-0637-00
283-0637-00
SA101C472KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-27
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A5C298
A5C299
281-0775-01
281-0772-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 X 0.100;AXIAL 04222
SA105E104MAA
SA101C472KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
04222
A5C389
A5C395
281-0811-00
281-0772-00
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;10PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AXIAL,MI
04222
04222
SA102A100KAA
SA101C472KAA
CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170;AX-
IAL,MI
A5CR280
152-1187-00
DIO,SIG:VVC;30V,11PF AT 3V,2.1PF AT 25V,
C3/C25=5.2,Q=300,1R=50NA;KN3201,D0-34,T&R
80009
152-1187-00
A5E100
A5E101
A5E102
A5E103
A5J400
A5L193
A5L195
A5L197
A5L280
A5L284
A5L389
A5L391
A5L393
A5R181
A5R182
276-0569-00
276-0569-00
276-0569-00
276-0569-00
131-0106-02
108-0311-00
108-0734-00
108-0311-00
108-0987-00
195-1805-00
108-0311-00
108-0734-00
108-0311-00
322-3350-00
322-3218-00
CORE,EM:TOROID,FERRITE
CORE,EM:TOROID,FERRITE
CORE,EM:TOROID,FERRITE
CORE,EM:TOROID,FERRITE
CONN,RF JACK:
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
276-0569-00
276-0569-00
276-0569-00
276-0569-00
131-0106-02
COIL,RF:FIXED,150NH
TK1345 108-0311-00
TK1345 108-0734-00
TK1345 108-0311-00
COIL,RF:FIXED,163NH
COIL,RF:FIXED,150NH
COIL,RF:FIXED,45NH
80009
80009
108-0987-00
195-1805-00
LEAD,ELECTRICAL:26 AWG,2.5 L,9-1
COIL,RF:FIXED,150NH
TK1345 108-0311-00
TK1345 108-0734-00
TK1345 108-0311-00
COIL,RF:FIXED,163NH
COIL,RF:FIXED,150NH
RES,FXD,FILM:43.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
80009
80009
322-3350-00
322-3218-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;1.82K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A5R183
A5R184
A5R279
A5R281
A5R291
A5R292
322-3277-00
317-0511-00
317-0104-00
317-0300-00
322-3012-00
322-3130-00
RES,FXD,FILM:7.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
RES,FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0.125W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.125W
RES,FXD,CMPSN:30 OHM,5%,0.125W
RES,FXD,FILM:13 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
80009
80009
57668
80009
CRB20 FXE 7K50
317-0511-00
317-0104-00
317-0300-00
CRB20FXE301E
322-3130-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;221 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A5R293
A5R297
322-3012-00
322-3034-00
RES,FXD,FILM:13 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
57668
CRB20FXE301E
CRB20FXE2K94
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A5R298
A5R299
322-3105-00
322-3034-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;121 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
80009
57668
322-3105-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;22.1 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CRB20FXE2K94
A5R391
A5R392
322-3012-00
322-3130-00
RES,FXD,FILM:13 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
80009
CRB20FXE301E
322-3130-00
RES,FXD:MET FILM;221 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
A5R393
A5R398
322-3012-00
322-3114-00
RES,FXD,FILM:13 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0
57668
91637
CRB20FXE301E
RES,FXD:MET FILM;150 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM;AX-
IAL,T&R,SM BODY
CCF50-2-G1500F
A5T187
A5U190
A5U283
A5U296
120-1393-00
119-2592-00
156-0534-00
156-3047-00
XFMR,RF:BALUN
MIXER,FREQ:1-500MHZ
IC,LIN:
80009
80009
02735
80009
120-1393-00
119-2592-00
CA3102E-98
156-3047-00
IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,AMPL;RF AMP,20DB
GAIN,600MHZ;NE5205AN,DIP08.3
A5VR398
A6
152-0227-00
119-4338-00
DIO,ZENER:6.2V,5%,0.4W;1N753A FMLY,DO-35 OR 7,TR
80009
80009
152-0227-00
119-4338-00
TUNER:FREQ 950-1750MHZ,OUT IF FREQ 479.5MHZ,IMP
IN/OUT 75
A10
671-3637-00
131-5338-00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CRT SOCKET BD,389-2115-XX WIRED,
80009
22526
671-3637-00
65561-107
A10J1
CONN,HDR:PCB/WIREWRAP,MALE,STR,1 X 7,0.15
CTR,0.230 MLG X 0.285 TAIL,30 GOLD,SIDE BY SID
A10J2
A10J3
131-5337-00
131-5338-00
CONN,HDR:PCB/WIREWRAP,MALE,STR,1 X 4,0.150
CTR,0.230 MLG X 0.285 TAIL,30 GOLD,SIDE BY SI
22526
22526
65561-104
65561-107
CONN,HDR:PCB/WIREWRAP,MALE,STR,1 X 7,0.15
CTR,0.230 MLG X 0.285 TAIL,30 GOLD,SIDE BY SID
8-28
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Component
Number
Tektronix
Mfr.
Mfr. Part
Number
Part Number
Effective
Discontinued
Code
Name & Description
A10SKT1
J890
136-1289-00
131-0372-00
SOCKET:CRT,TUBE,1730,SAFETY
CONN,RF PLUG:
CONTROLLED
0LUA3
80009
55595
131-0372-00
*ATTACHED PARTS*
210-0224-00
260-2465-00
174-2648-00
260-1780-00
TERM,LUG:0.2 ID,PLAIN,BRS TIN PL
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
86928
31918
80009
80009
A373-148-1
602844
S1
SW,PUSH:0.4A,125VAC,W/SLDR LUG,BTN W/YEL IND
*ATTACHED PARTS*
CA ASSY,SP:
174-2648-00
260-1780-00
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
S100
SW,SLIDE:DPDT,3A,125VRM
*MOUNTING PARTS*
210-0201-00
210-0586-00
TERM,LUG:0.12 ID,LOCKING,BRZ TIN PL
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL CD PL
(QUANTITY 2)
86928
78189
A373-157-2
211-041800-00
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
V1
154-0995-00
CRT FINISHED,D14-375GH/995;SAFETY CONTROLLED
(STANDARD ONLY)
80009
154-0995-00
V1
154-0995-16
174-0800-00
CRT FINISHED,D14-375WA/995;SAFETY CONTROLLED
(OPTION 74 ONLY)
80009
80009
154-0995-16
174-0800-00
W698
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:5,24 AWG,22.25 L,RBN
(CONECTED AT A4J698, A3J21, A3J22, A3J23,
AND S100)
W890
W900
174-2646-00
174-2645-00
CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,2.5 L,W/SMB BOTH ENDS
(CONNECTED FROM A3J9 TO A5J890)
CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,8.0 L,W/CONN
(CONNECTED FROM A3J11 TO A6)
80009
80009
174-2646-00
174-2645-00
1705A Spectrum Monitor
8-29
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8-30
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Diagrams/Circuit Board Illustrations
Diagrams/Circuit Board Illustrations
The Replaceable Electrical Parts List is arranged by assembly number in numerical
sequence; the components are listed by component number. Example:
Symbols
Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-- 1975.
Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14--1973 in terms of positive logic. Logic
symbols depict the logic function performed and may differ from the manufacturer’s data.
Component Number
Chassis-mounted components
have no Assembly No. prefix.
See end of Replaceable Electrical
Parts List
A23 A2 R1234
Assembly
Number
Subassembly
Number (if used)
Overline, parenthesis, or leading slash indicate a low asserting state.
Schematic Circuit
Number
Example:
ID CONTROL, (ID CONTROL), or /ID CONTROL.
Grid Coordinates
Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1.1--1972.
The schematic diagram and circuit board component location illustration have grids. A
lookup table with the grid coordinates is provided for ease of locating the component.
Only the components illustrated on the facing diagram are listed in the lookup table.
Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are:
Y14.15, 1966 -- Drafting Practices.
Y14.2, 1973 -- Line Conventions and Lettering.
Y10.5, 1968 -- Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical
Science and Electrical Engineering.
When more than one schematic diagram is used to illustrate the circuitry on a circuit
board, the circuit board illustration will only appear opposite the first diagram; the lookup
table will list the diagram number of other diagrams that the other circuitry appears on.
American National Standard Institute
1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018
DECOUPLED OR
FILTERED VOLTAGE
PLUG
CHANGED
PART
WIRE STRAP
MODULE
PORTS
IC TYPE
+12V
REAR
PANEL
+12V3
7
NEGATIVE
P1
J1
INPUT
TP1
Component Values
R500
20K
R5
1.0
(VIDEO)
/VIDEO
J1
R100
2
1 2 3
NC
U1
741
6
W4
0 OHM
2
3
REFER TO
WAVEFORM
Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted
otherwise:
C1
10UF
4
2
BNC
(FEMALE)
PAD
FRONT PANEL
NOMENCLATURE
--- 12V
CLOCKWISE
AJUSTMENT
HEAT SINK
PART NAME,
SCHEMATIC &
BOARD REF
+11.8V
+15V
H
R55
100.0
SEE PARTS LIST
FOR SELECTION
CRITERIA
R4
20K
Capacitors:
Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF).
Values less than one are in microfarads (ꢀF).
Q8
ROTATE
W751
12
R85
J3
SCREWDRIVER
ADJUSTMENT
---11.8V
SEL
2
1
BASE DRIVE
& SNUBBER
Resistors = Ohms (Ω).
A3
ANALOG
BOARD
R56
100.0
Q6
SQUARE PIN
CONNECTOR
The following information and special symbols may appear in this manual.
FUNCTION BLOCK
TITLE
C27
0.1UF
--- 15V
SEE PARTS LIST FOR
EARLIER VALUES AND
SERIAL NUMBER RANGES.
CIRCUIT BOARD
OUTLINE
PART OF A1 MAIN BOARD
Assembly Numbers
INSTRUMENT NAME
VERTICAL INPUT
A1
1
Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an assembly number (e.g., A20). The
assembly number appears on the diagram (in circuit board outline), circuit board illustra-
tion title, and lookup table for the schematic diagram.
SCHEMATIC NAME & NUMBER
ASSEMBLY NUMBER
COMPONENT LOCATOR GRID
1705A
9-1
HELICAL
BAND-PASS
FILTER
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
119.8 MHz
TRIPLER
360 MHz
2
2
BUFFER
10 kHz
RESOLUTION
FILTER
IF AMP
8 dB
3 dB
COMBINER
300 kHZ
RESOLUTION
FILTER
VIDEO
FILTER
LOG
DETECTOR
2
2
2
4
HELICAL
BAND-PASS
FILTER
3 dB PAD
4
2
2
2
10.7 MHz
2
130 MHz
4
V
nd
2
IF
20 dB
2
4
/10 kHz
/V FILTER
X--AXIS
130.5 MHz
130.5 MHz
4X
MULT
5
8
DAC
INPUT
1
VIDEO
RESOLUTION
5
MICRO
PROCESSOR
IF AMP
8 dB
/RO-EN
70 MHz
INPUT
LOW-PASS
FILTER
5
EPROM
NV-RAM
SPAN/DIV
1
5
5
1
130.5 MHz
FRONT PANEL
Y--AXIS
5
4
H
VCO
MIXER
1
ADC
4
5
70 MHz TUNER
580 MHz
NOTCH
NOTCH
FILTER
--11.8 V
4
TUNER
SWITCHING
8
/L-BAND
RO-BLANK
FOCUS
1
+11.8 V
SHAPERS
SPAN
FULL
L-BAND
INPUT
L--BAND
TUNER
490 MHz IF
GAIN
CONTROL
3
RAMP
GENERATOR
1
HIGH
MARKER
GENERATOR
Z--AXIS
CONTROL
Z--AXIS
AMPLIFIER
VOLTAGE
POWER
SUPPLY
3
3
3
+18V
(REAR PANEL)
+18V
SUPPLY
3
3
8
8
6
KEY
LOW
+40 VDC
+15 VDC
+5 VDC
SIGNAL LINE
VOLTAGE
POWER
SUPPLY
3
CONTROL LINE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
NUMBER
--15 VDC
7
INTENS
n
CENTER
FREQUENCY
SWEEP
SPEED
FRONT PANEL KNOB
1705A Spectrum Monitor
A3 Main Board Component Locator
(with cross-references to schematic diagrams 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5).
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
No
Loc
No
No
Loc
Loc
No
Loc
No
Loc
No
Loc
No
Loc
No
No
No
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
No
Loc
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
C1
5
5
5
3
5
D1
D1
D1
F5
C3
A4
A4
A4
A4
A5
C57
C58
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
D4
D4
D2
D2
E3
D5
C2
D5
G4
J4
CR21
CR22
CR23
CR24
3
2
2
3
A2
C5
C4
B1
H6
I4
L18
2
4
E2
B4
J1
R12
R13
R14
5
5
5
H3
H3
H3
B3
B3
B5
R69
R70
3
3
F4
F3
F4
F4
R126
R127
3
3
D1
C2
G6
G6
R182
R183
2
2
E3
D4
J2
J4
R238
R239
R240
R241
1
1
1
3
G5
G5
G5
E1
O6
P6
P6
G5
U17D
U18A
U18B
U19
3
3
3
4
C2
E1
E2
B5
F6
C2
C3
C4
C5
J4
L19
H2
G5
G5
G1
K1
K1
K2
K3
K1
K3
K6
I4
I6
ON
1
F4
P5
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
3
3
3
3
3
F3
G4
F2
F2
F2
F4
F4
F4
F4
E5
R128
R129
R131
R132
R133
3
3
3
3
5
C1
C2
H3
H1
A3
G6
G6
H3
H3
H1
R184
R185
R186
R187
R188
4
4
4
2
4
C1
F4
G4
D3
C2
K5
K6
K6
K1
K5
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
5
5
5
5
5
B4
C4
B4
C4
B5
C6
C6
C6
C6
D2
CR25
CR26
CR27
CR28
CR29
CR30
CR31
CR32
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
C5
C4
E4
E4
E5
E5
C4
G3
I3
P3
3
2
2
2
3
3
5
B2
H1
F1
E4
C1
D1
C2
R242
R243
R244
R245
R246
3
3
3
5
5
E1
D1
C1
C4
C5
H5
F5
G6
E1
E1
U20A
U20B
U20C
U20D
U21A
3
3
3
3
4
D2
D2
E1
D1
B2
G5
G5
G5
G5
H6
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
3
3
5
5
3
F5
B3
G5
G5
F5
B3
C2
C2
C2
C3
I4
P5
K4
K4
K4
K4
M2
G4
P6
P10
P100
P101
P300
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
3
4
3
3
3
G3
D5
D5
E5
F3
F3
F2
F3
F3
F4
**R134
R135
R136
R137
R138
4
4
2
2
2
B5
B2
G1
H1
A4
H1
H5
H2
H3
H5
R189
R190
R191
R192
R193
4
4
4
4
4
F4
G4
G4
F4
G4
K6
K6
K6
K6
K6
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
2
2
2
2
2
D5
D5
E4
B3
E4
K3
K4
L4
L1
L3
R20
R21
R23
R24
R25
5
5
5
5
5
C5
C5
B5
B5
C4
D1
D1
D2
D2
D6
R247
R300
R301
R302
R303
3
5
3
3
3
D5
C2
G2
G3
G3
F3
B6
G4
G3
G3
U21B
U21C
U22
4
4
2
3
3
B2
B2
G1
C3
C5
H6
H6
H3
H5
H5
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
3
5
5
3
3
F5
B4
C4
G5
G5
C4
C6
C6
D2
D4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
5
5
5
3
3
B5
B5
D5
B4
C4
D1
E1
D1
F3
F3
FL1
FL2
FL3
FL4
2
2
2
2
C2
B1
F4
F4
K1
J2
U23A
U23B
R81
R82
R83
R84
R85
3
3
3
3
3
G2
F3
E3
E3
D4
F5
F5
F5
F5
F6
R139
R140
R141
R142
R143
4
4
2
3
3
B1
B1
G1
A2
B1
H6
H6
I3
R194
R195
R196
R197
R198
4
2
2
4
4
C2
E5
F4
G2
F5
K5
L5
L4
L5
L6
C71
C72
C73
C74
C77
2
2
2
2
3
B3
A3
F4
F4
G5
L2
L2
L3
L3
L6
M4
M4
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
5
5
5
5
4
H3
H3
H4
H4
E3
D2
E3
D3
E3
D3
R304
R305
R306
R307
R308
3
1
1
1
4
G1
G5
H5
H5
E3
G4
P6
P6
O6
K5
U23C
U23D
U23E
U23F
U24A
3
2
2
2
3
B2
A4
A4
A3
B2
H5
H5
H5
H5
I5
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
5
5
3
3
3
C3
A5
G5
F5
B3
D6
D2
D3
D3
E6
I6
J1
J2
J3
5
5
3
A2
B5
B2
A2
D2
G6
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
3
3
3
2
2
D5
H3
H1
B3
B4
F3
G3
G4
I4
I6
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
3
3
3
3
3
D3
E3
E4
C5
D5
F6
F6
F6
F2
F3
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
3
2
2
2
2
B2
G1
G1
B5
B5
I6
I3
I3
I3
I4
R199
R200
R201
R202
R203
4
4
2
2
2
F4
F5
A1
F4
F4
L6
L6
L3
L3
L3
C78
C79
C80
C81
C82
4
3
1
2
2
D2
F5
C4
G5
G4
L6
L6
L1
L4
L4
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
3
3
3
3
3
F4
F4
G1
G1
G1
E4
E4
E4
E4
E5
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
4
2
2
4
4
1
A3
H1
F1
H4
H4
F2
H1
H4
I2
I4
R309
T1
4
2
5
E3
A1
D3
K5
L2
A4
U24B
U25
3
2
4
4
4
B1
F1
E4
E4
C2
I5
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
3
4
4
4
3
D5
C5
C5
D5
H3
F3
J3
J5
J5
K5
G2
G2
G2
G3
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q14
Q15
2
2
2
4
4
F2
D2
E2
F4
G4
J1
J1
J1
K6
J6
U26A
U26B
U27
J6
J6
K3
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
3
3
3
3
3
C5
F2
F2
E1
D1
F3
F4
F4
F4
F5
R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
2
2
3
4
2
A3
A4
B1
B1
F2
I4
I4
I6
I6
I1
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
R211
R212
4
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
D2
C4
A2
B2
H3
D2
D1
F3
F2
L6
U1
C83
C84
C85
C87
C88
C89
C90
C91
C92
C93
2
4
2
2
2
1
3
1
3
4
F5
D2
A2
F4
H4
C5
H1
F4
G1
C1
L5
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
3
3
3
3
3
C3
B3
B4
G2
G2
D5
D6
E6
E2
E2
M2
L3
M6
M2
M3
M5
M1
N5
P5
G4
K5
U2
U3
U4
U5
U6
5
5
5
5
5
D1
C3
D3
G5
G2
B3
B5
B6
C3
C3
U28
2
2
4
4
4
B2
E4
E2
E2
E4
L2
L3
L5
L5
L5
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
4
4
4
3
3
B5
B5
A5
H1
H3
G2
G2
G2
G3
G3
J10
J11
J12
J13
J21
2
1
4
4
4
E4
G5
H2
H2
A4
K3
M1
N6
N6
H1
M3
M5
L6
U29
Q16
Q17
Q18
Q19
Q20
4
4
4
4
1
G4
F4
F4
F4
C5
K6
K6
L6
L6
M1
U30A
U30B
U30C
R96
R97
R98
R99
R100
3
3
3
4
4
C3
C1
C2
C5
B5
F5
F6
F6
G1
G1
R154
R155
R156
R157
R158
2
2
2
2
3
F2
B4
B3
B4
A1
I2
I4
I4
I4
I5
M6
L6
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
3
3
3
3
3
B4
B4
D4
B4
E4
E2
E3
E3
E3
E3
L6
U7A
U7B
U7C
U7D
U8
5
5
5
5
5
F2
E3
E2
F3
E1
B4
B4
B4
B4
C3
U31
U32
U33
2
2
4
B3
G4
D2
L2
L4
M6
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
2
2
2
2
2
G1
H1
G1
H1
H1
H2
H2
H3
H3
H4
J22
4
4
3
3
3
A4
A4
C1
D1
A3
I1
J23
I1
Q21
Q22
Q23
Q24
Q25
1
4
4
2
2
C4
F2
F2
H4
G4
M2
M6
M6
M5
M6
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
R221
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
F3
C4
B4
C4
C5
H4
G3
F2
G2
L6
J100
J101
J200
G5
I5
M2
M2
M2
M1
M6
M6
M6
M6
C100
C101
C102
2
2
4
G5
E2
B4
L5
J1
I2
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
4
3
3
3
3
C5
C5
C5
H3
H3
G1
G3
G3
G3
G3
R159
R160
R161
R162
R163
3
3
3
4
2
A1
A1
B1
D4
E2
I5
I6
I6
I6
J1
VCO
1
F4
P5
F1
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
3
3
3
3
3
B4
G4
F4
F3
F2
E3
E3
E4
E4
E4
U9
5
5
5
5
5
F1
G3
C4
H4
H4
C4
D3
C6
D3
D3
VR1
VR2
VR3
3
3
2
G2
G4
G1
G4
F3
I2
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
2
2
2
2
3
E3
B5
B5
F2
B1
I2
I3
I3
I1
I6
J201
J202
J203
J300
J414
3
3
3
5
5
B3
B3
B3
C2
D5
F1
F1
F2
A6
A3
U10
U11
CR1
CR2
CR3
CR4
CR5
CR6
5
3
3
3
3
3
C3
F2
E4
G3
G1
E4
B6
E2
E3
E4
E4
E3
Q26
Q27
Q28
Q29
Q30
4
4
4
4
1
F2
F2
G2
G2
D5
N6
M6
N6
N6
O6
U12A
U12B
R106
R107
R108
R109
R110
3
3
3
3
3
G3
G1
G2
D2
D3
G3
G4
G4
G5
G5
R164
R165
R166
R167
R168
2
2
2
2
4
E2
F2
F2
B4
D4
J1
I2
I2
I5
I6
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
5
3
3
3
3
D1
F4
E4
C3
F2
C4
E4
E5
E6
F4
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
3
3
3
3
3
G1
B3
B3
D5
G3
E5
E6
E6
F2
E3
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
2
4
4
4
4
H4
F2
F2
F2
G2
M5
N5
M6
N6
N5
U13A
U13B
U13C
U13D
U14A
3
3
3
3
3
D4
D4
D5
D4
B3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F5
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
2
2
2
2
2
E2
E2
F2
C5
C5
I1
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
2
2
2
2
2
B5
B5
B4
E2
C5
I4
I3
I4
I1
J4
J1
J2
J3
J3
Q31
1
1
5
1
D5
F4
C4
G5
O6
O5
D1
P6
CR7
CR8
CR9
3
3
4
F3
E4
D5
F4
F6
F2
Q32
Q100
Q101
R111
R112
R113
R116
R117
4
3
3
4
3
B5
C3
C2
B5
H3
G1
G5
G5
G2
G3
R169
R170
R171
R172
R173
2
2
2
2
2
E2
F2
B4
D4
E2
J1
J2
J4
J4
J1
W6
3
3
4
3
4
F2
F2
B4
B1
E4
G4
G4
H1
I6
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
3
3
3
3
3
G3
F4
F2
B3
D3
F4
E4
E5
E6
E5
W7
R227
R228
R229
R230
R231
4
4
4
4
3
G2
G2
F1
G1
H1
N5
N6
N6
N6
N5
U14B
U14C
U14D
U15
3
3
3
4
3
D3
D3
E3
C5
G4
F5
F5
F5
F2
F3
W8
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
2
2
2
3
2
B4
B4
D4
A1
D2
J4
J4
J4
J5
J2
CR10
CR11
CR12
CR13
CR14
4
3
3
3
3
D5
B4
E3
G2
G3
F2
F3
F5
G4
F3
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
2
2
2
2
2
D2
D4
D4
D5
E5
K1
K4
K4
K4
K4
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
5
5
5
5
5
C3
C2
C3
C3
G1
A4
A4
A3
B4
B3
W10
W11
J6
R118
R119
R120
R121
R122
3
3
3
3
3
H3
H1
H1
G2
E2
G3
G3
G4
G4
G4
R174
R175
R176
R177
R178
2
2
4
4
4
E2
C4
C1
E4
F3
J1
J4
J5
J6
K6
U16A
W12
W13
4
2
E4
B3
J6
J2
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
3
3
3
3
3
C4
D3
D3
D4
F2
E6
F6
E6
E6
E2
R232
R233
R234
R235
R236
3
1
1
1
1
H2
C5
D5
D5
D5
O6
O6
O5
O6
O6
U16B
U16C
U16D
U17A
U17B
3
3
3
3
3
F2
G2
G3
C3
C1
F3
F3
F3
F6
F6
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
2
2
2
2
2
F3
C5
D4
E2
D2
J2
J3
J4
J1
J1
CR15
CR16
CR17
CR18
CR19
3
3
4
4
3
H1
H2
B5
B5
H3
G4
H4
G2
G2
G3
L11
L12
L14
L15
L16
2
2
2
2
2
2
B3
B3
F4
G4
B2
L1
L1
L3
L4
M
R6
R7
R8
R9
5
5
5
5
H2
H2
H2
H2
B2
B2
B2
B2
Y1
Y2
Y3
5
2
2
D1
E2
C5
B5
J1
J3
R123
R124
R125
3
3
3
E2
E2
E2
G5
G5
G5
R179
R180
R181
4
4
2
G3
D4
D2
K6
J6
J1
R66
R67
R68
3
3
3
G3
G4
G4
F3
F4
F4
Y4
2
D5
K3
R10
R11
5
5
H2
H2
B2
B2
R237
1
D4
O6
U17C
3
C2
F6
C56
2
D4
J4
CR20
3
C5
H5
L17
2
E2
J1
1705A
See parts list for earier values and serial number ranges.
A3 Main Board
Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
A5 70 MHz Tuner Board
Schematic Diagram <1> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A3 and A5. Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams, 2,
3, 4, and 5.
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp
No
Comp
No
Comp
No
A5
A3
L193
L195
L197
L280
L284
C2
B2
B2
C2
C3
C1
C1
D1
A1
B1
C100
C102
C109
C180
C181
C4
D4
D1
C2
B3
C80
C89
C91
C4
C5
F4
L1
M1
P5
A1
A1
CR31
C4
M2
L389
L391
L393
E2
E2
E2
B2
C2
C2
C185
C192
C194
C196
C198
B3
C2
B2
B2
A2
B1
C1
C1
D1
J9
F2
K3
J11
G5
M1
R181
R182
R183
R184
R279
C3
C3
C3
C3
D3
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
Q20
Q21
Q30
Q31
Q32
Q101
C5
C4
D5
D5
F4
G5
M1
M2
O6
O6
O5
P6
C199
C279
C281
C282
C283
B2
D3
D3
C3
B3
D1
A2
A2
A2
A2
R281
R291
R292
R293
R297
C3
C2
C2
C2
B2
A1
C1
C1
C2
D1
R205
R214
R215
R216
R217
C4
C4
B4
C4
C5
M2
M2
M2
M2
M1
C284
C285
C286
C290
C292
C3
D3
D3
E2
E2
B2
A2
A2
B2
C2
R298
R299
R391
R392
R393
R398
B2
A2
E2
E2
D2
D1
D1
D1
C2
C2
C2
D2
R233
R234
R235
R236
R237
C5
D5
D5
D5
D4
O6
O5
O6
O6
O6
C295
C298
C299
C389
C395
D2
D1
D1
F2
D2
C1
D1
D1
B2
C2
T187
C2
B1
R238
R239
R240
R305
R306
R307
G5
G5
G5
G5
H5
H5
O6
P6
P6
P6
P6
O6
U190
C2
B3
C3
D2
B1
A1
A1
D1
CR280
D3
A2
U283A
U283B
U296
E100
E101
E102
E103
C4
C4
D4
D4
VR398
D1
D2
J400
J890
A2
F2
1705A
+11.8V
12V
SHIELD CAN
C109
5000PF
R398
150.0
VR398
6.2V
70 MHz INPUT
C298
.1UF
C299
4700PF
5 dB PAD
--- 2 5 d B m
( --- 1 d B )
--- 2 6 d B m
--- 6 d B
MIXER
--- 3 2 d B m
3 dB PAD
---35 dBm
3 d B PA D
--- 1 8 d B m
( --- 8 d B )
--- 2 6 d B m
REAR
PANEL
C295
4700PF
C395
4700PF
J400
C198
.02UF
1
3
8
L391
163NH
L389
150NH
J890
L197
R297
22.1
L195
163NH
L193
150NH
L393
150NH
R299
22.1
R291
13.0
R293
13.0
R393
13.0
R391
13.0
A1
150NH
J9
70 MHz
INPUT
2
7
136---BPF
<2>
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
U296
NE5205
C292
20PF
C199
22PF
C194
39PF
C192
22PF
4
5
6
C196
39PF
U190
S B L --- 1
R292
221.0
C290
20PF
C389
10PF
R298
121.0
R392
221.0
--- 2 0 d B m
75 OHM
2
20 dB GAIN
T187
1
2
3
4
5
SHIELD
4T
L280
45NH
C180
560PF
70 MHz
LOCAL OSCILLATOR
U283B
CA3102
L284
1T
R181
3.92K
7
6
C285
.68PF
8
11
12
R182
1.82K
C281
100PF
C286
.68PF
C282
470PF
R281
30
NC
NC
U283A
CA3102
10
1
4
1
3
C181
560PF
CR280
NC
1
NC
9
4
5
R279
100K
C279
.001UF
R183
7.50K
R184
510
2
C283
470PF
C185
470PF
C284
470PF
3
A5 70 MHZ TUNER
E100
E102
E103
E101
SHIELD CAN
C100
5000PF
C102
5000PF
CONT
RAMP
+11.8V
+11.8V
+11.8V
R237
2.00K
H3
R216
8.25K
V C O --- 7 0
CR31
<3>
Q32
H2
/LBAND
<5>
C91
33UF
R215
20.0K
H1
Q21
+11.8V
VCO
<3>
C80
.1UF
VCO
ON
R214
4.75K
+11.8V
H5
R205
8.25K
+18V
<6>
+11.8V
R238
4.32K
Q20
R305
1.62K
C89
.1UF
R217
2.74K
+11.8V
I_AGC
R239
5K
IF AGC
+11.8V
IF AGC
---11.8V
---11.8V
R234
24.3K
R306
17.8K
R233
2.00K
R_AGC
R240
5K
Q31
RF AGC
Q101
Q30
REAR
PANEL
R236
4.75K
RF AGC
R307
2.00K
R235
3.01K
--- 1 8 d B m
J11
A3
L BAND
INPUT
L BAND
IN
136 MHz
OUT
4 8 0 --- IF
<2>
---11.8V
--- 3 0 d B m
A6 2nd CONVERTER TUNER
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
RF INPUT <1>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
Schematic Diagram <2> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A3. Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1, 3, 4, and 5.
Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd
No
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
No
Comp
No
Loc
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
C31
G1
H1
G1
H1
H1
H2
H2
H3
H3
H4
C74
F4
L3
L15
G4
B2
E2
E2
L4
M2
J1
J1
R173
E2
J1
C32
C33
C34
C35
L16
L17
L18
C81
C82
C83
C85
C87
G5
G4
F5
A2
F4
L4
R174
R175
R181
R182
R183
E2
C4
D2
E3
D4
J1
J4
J1
J2
J4
L4
L5
M2
M3
P5
H1
F1
E4
C36
C37
C39
C41
C42
E3
B5
F2
E2
E2
I2
I3
I1
I1
J1
P6
P10
C88
H4
G5
E2
M5
L5
J1
R187
R195
R196
R201
R202
D3
E5
F4
A1
F4
K1
L5
L4
L3
L3
C100
C101
Q9
B3
B4
F2
D2
E2
H4
G4
I4
Q10
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q24
Q25
I4
J1
J1
J1
M5
M6
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
F2
C5
C5
B4
B4
J2
J3
J3
J4
J4
CR22
CR23
CR25
CR26
C5
C4
C5
C4
I4
I4
I3
I4
R203
R206
R207
R208
R218
F4
A2
B2
H3
H4
L3
L3
M3
M5
M6
CR27
CR28
CR29
CR30
E4
E4
E5
E5
K4
K4
K4
K4
R136
R137
R138
R141
R145
G1
H1
A4
G1
G1
H2
H3
H5
I3
C48
C50
C51
C52
C53
D4
D2
F3
C5
D4
J4
J2
J2
J3
J4
R219
R222
G3
H4
M6
M5
I3
FL1
FL2
FL3
FL4
C2
B1
F4
F4
K1
J2
R146
R147
R148
R149
R150
G1
B5
B5
A3
A4
I3
I3
I4
I4
I4
T1
A1
L2
C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
E2
D2
D4
D4
D4
J1
J1
J4
J4
J4
M4
M4
U22
G1
A4
A4
A3
F1
H3
H5
H5
H5
J3
U23D
U23E
U23F
U25
J5
H1
F1
E3
H4
I2
J6
J10
K3
R153
R154
R155
R156
R157
F2
F2
B4
B3
B4
I1
I2
I4
I4
I4
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
D2
D2
E3
D5
C2
K1
K1
K2
K3
K1
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
B5
B5
B4
E2
C5
I4
I3
I4
I1
J4
U28
U29
U31
U32
B2
E4
B3
G4
L2
L3
L2
L4
R163
R164
R165
R166
R167
E2
E2
F2
F2
B4
J1
J1
I2
C64
C66
C67
C68
C69
D5
D5
D5
E4
B3
K3
K3
K4
L4
L1
VR3
W13
G1
B3
I2
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
D2
D4
D4
D5
E5
K1
K4
K4
K4
K4
I2
J2
I5
Y2
Y3
Y4
E2
C5
D5
J1
J3
K3
R169
R170
R171
R172
E2
F2
B4
D4
J1
J2
J4
J4
C70
C71
C72
C73
E4
B3
A3
F4
L3
L2
L2
L3
L11
L12
L14
B3
B3
F4
L1
L1
L3
1705A
FL2 VISUAL AID
TOP VIEW
11
9
7
TOP VIEW
T1
+11.8V
1
2
3
6
5
4
U25
VISUAL AID
TOP VIEW
1
4
5
R136
150.0
VR3
6.2V
2
1
4
6
8
7
NOTE: PINS 13---16 ARE THE MOUNTING
PINS FOR THE PART.
C31
.01UF
TEST
ONLY
TEST
ONLY
C32
4700PF
G2
<1>
3
5
P6
4
FL2
GND
4
P5
J5
T---1907
T1
136---BPF
13
14
15
16
10.7MHz IF
GND
GND
J6
N
C
1
2
3
6
U22
NE5205
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
R201
267.0
GND
C33
.01UF
C34
.01UF
C35
.01UF
1
3
8
5
5
4
R145
17.4
U25
S B L --- 1
50 OHM
1
7
2
7
IN
OUT
C
C
2
C
3
1
3
5
7
1
FL1 VISUAL AID
TOP VIEW
4
6
R146
301.0
R141
301.0
R137
221.0
130 MHz
IF TUNING
+11.8VF
1
1
C54
.001UF
9
5
12
10
9
8
2
4
6
8
20dB GAIN
R173
750.0
L18
24NH
U28
VISUAL AID
TOP VIEW
Q12
2
6
2
1
4
6
8
7
75 OHM
C101
12PF
C50
1PF
NOTE: PINS 13---16 ARE THE MOUNTING
PINS FOR THE PART.
+11.8VF
120 MHz
BUFFER
R164
28.0
R181
75.0
Q13
1
C55
1 --- 3 . 5 P F
R153
301.0
3
5
FL1
GND
0
C39
.001UF
+11.8V
C85
.001UF
15
16
13
14
L17
360NH
50 OHM
GND
GND
N
C
+6dBM
360 MHz
R169
28.0
GND
C63
200PF
C60
200PF
TRIPLER
TUNING
C42
15PF
Y2
119.8MHZ
Q11
L16
505NH
6
12
L6
45NH
OUT
IN
130 MHz
BUFFER
C
3
C
2
C
1
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
C43
470PF
50 OHM
L4
.141---.159UH
R166
17.4
C59
470PF
75 OHM
C41
47PF
U28
S B L --- 1 X
R163
2.21K
R174
2.10K
8
9
2
R207
243.0
FREQ
ADJUST
R206
243.0
U31
M A R --- 4
4
C72
680PF
C71
680PF
C61
33UF
R170
806.0
TRIPLER
OUTPUT TUNING
R165
301.0
R154
301.0
3
1
R187
243.0
TEST SELECTABLE
RANGE = 2.21K---3.32K
2
--- 1 1 . 8 V
R182
100.0
C51
.001UF
C36
33UF
L11
15NH
L12
15NH
G5
480---IF
<1>
---11.8V
C69
1---5.4PF
SHIELD
W13
590 MHz
NOTCH
6.3CM
+11.8V
RESOLUTION FILTER & LOG DETECTOR
+11.8V
+11.8V
+11.8V
R156
10.0K
U23F
7406
R149
10.0K
13
12
C2
R219
15.0K
R208
14.7K
Q9
L7
210UH
R172
100.0
C74
.1UF
<4>
+11.8V
LOG
---20dBm MAX
P10
TEST
ONLY
R155
3.32K
R218
10.0K
C88
200PF
C48
.1UF
C53
.1UF
L3
210UH
R202
243.0
R203
243.0
R171
100.0
Q25
J10
H2
Q24
300 KHz
GAIN
4
3
2
1
<5>
---11.8V
U29
M A R --- 4
C47
.1UF
C46
.1UF
/10KHz
4
2
C58
.01UF
CR23
CR26
CR28
1
3
R222
15.0K
R175
100
+5V
+11.8V
C73
.01UF
C68
.01UF
C70
.01UF
CR27
--- 1 1 . 8 V
R138
10.0K
R157
10.0K
SHIELD
SHIELD CAN 202---0196---01
+11.8V
L14
1.95UH
U32
MC13055
U23E
7406
U23D
7406
R150
10.0K
FL3
FL4
11
10
9
8
5
6
12
LMTR IN
METER
Q10
L8
210UH
R183
100.0
C87
98PF
LMTR BIAS
R196
340.0
L15
64UH
11
10
NC
NC
C82
.047UF
DET OUT
DET OUT
R167
3.32K
C56
.1UF
7
C57
.1UF
LMTR BIAS
L2
210UH
10 KHz FILTER
R147
100.0
C83
.047UF
NC
NC
NC
NC
9
8
15
14
C100
.001UF
QUAD IN
+COMP
--- C O M P
---11.8V
QUAD BIAS
+5V
C45
40PF
C38
.1UF
C37
.1UF
C66
40PF
Y3
10.7MHZ
Y4
10.7MHZ
C44
33PF
C67
33PF
4
2
3
1
IF VCC
CR22
CR25
CR30
CR29
16
13
NC
NC
C81
.01UF
COMP VCC
IF GND
DATA OUT
CARRIER
L1
210UH
L5
1.95UH
C62
5---25PF
C64
9---45PF
L9
1.95UH
L10
210UH
C52
9---45PF
NC
COMP GND
R148
681.0
R195
681.0
10 KHz FILTER ADJUST
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
IF AMPLIFIER <2>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
Schematic Diagram <3> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A3. Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1, 2, 4,
and 5.
Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd
Loc
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
No
Comp
No
No
Loc
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
C4
F5
F5
B3
F5
F5
A4
B3
C2
C3
C4
Q7
Q8
H3
H1
G3
G4
R161
R231
R232
R241
R242
B1
H1
H2
E1
E1
I6
C6
R82
F3
E3
E3
D4
D3
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
N5
O6
G5
H5
C7
R83
R84
R85
R86
C10
C11
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
F4
F4
G1
G1
G1
E4
E4
E4
E4
E5
C14
C15
C18
C19
C20
G5
G5
G5
F5
B3
D2
D4
D3
D3
E6
R243
R244
R247
R301
R302
D1
C1
D5
G2
G3
F5
G6
F3
G4
G3
R87
R88
R89
R90
R91
E3
E4
C5
D5
C5
F6
F6
F2
F3
F3
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
C3
B3
B4
G2
G2
D5
D6
E6
E2
E2
C21
C25
C29
C30
C40
D5
H3
H1
H3
B1
F3
G3
G3
G3
I6
R303
R304
G3
G1
G3
G4
R92
R93
R94
R95
R96
F2
F2
E1
D1
C3
F4
F4
F4
F5
F5
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
B4
B4
D4
B4
E4
E2
E3
E3
E3
E3
U13A
U13B
U13C
U13D
U14A
D4
D4
D5
D4
B3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F5
C49
C77
C79
C90
C92
A1
G5
F5
H1
G1
J5
L6
L6
N5
G4
R97
C1
C2
C5
C5
H3
F6
F6
G3
G3
G3
R98
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
B4
G4
F4
F3
F2
E3
E3
E4
E4
E4
R102
R103
R104
U14B
U14C
U14D
U16A
U16B
D3
D3
E3
G4
F2
F5
F5
F5
F3
F3
CR2
CR3
CR4
CR5
CR6
F2
E4
G3
G1
E4
E2
E3
E4
E4
E3
R105
R106
R107
R108
R109
H3
G3
G1
G2
D2
G3
G3
G4
G4
G5
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
G1
B3
B3
D5
G3
E5
E6
E6
F2
E3
U16C
U16D
U17A
U17B
U17C
G2
G3
C3
C1
C2
F3
F3
F6
F6
F6
CR7
F3
E4
B4
E3
G2
F4
F6
F3
F5
G4
CR8
R110
R112
R113
R117
R118
D3
C3
C2
H3
H3
G5
G5
G5
G3
G3
CR11
CR12
CR13
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
G3
F4
F2
B3
D3
F4
E4
E5
E6
E5
U17D
U18A
U18B
U20A
U20B
C2
E1
E2
D2
D2
F6
G5
G5
G5
G5
CR14
CR15
CR16
CR19
CR20
G3
H1
H2
H3
C5
F3
G4
H4
G3
H5
R119
R120
R121
R122
R123
H1
H1
G2
E2
E2
G3
G4
G4
G4
G5
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
C4
D3
D3
D4
F2
E6
F6
E6
E6
E2
U20C
U20D
U23A
U23B
U23C
E1
D1
C3
C5
B2
G5
G5
H5
H5
H5
CR21
CR24
CR32
A2
B1
G3
H6
I6
R124
R125
R126
R127
R128
E2
E2
D1
C2
C1
G5
G5
G6
G6
G6
G4
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
G3
G4
G4
F4
F3
F3
F4
F4
F4
F4
U24A
U24B
B2
B1
I5
I5
J3
B2
C1
D1
A3
B3
G6
G5
I5
J100
J101
J200
J201
VR1
VR2
G2
G4
G4
F3
F1
F1
R129
R131
R132
R142
R143
C2
H3
H1
A2
B1
G6
H3
H3
I6
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
F3
G4
F2
F2
F2
F4
F4
F4
F4
E5
W2
W3
W4
W5
F4
E4
C3
F2
E4
E5
E6
F4
J202
J203
B3
B3
F1
F2
I6
P3
B2
C1
D1
R144
R151
R158
R159
R160
B2
B1
A1
A1
A1
I6
I6
I5
I5
I6
P100
P101
W6
F2
F2
B1
G4
G4
I6
R76
R78
R79
R80
R81
G3
D5
E5
F3
G2
F3
F3
F3
F4
F5
W7
W10
Q4
Q5
Q6
B4
C4
D5
F3
F3
F3
1705A
+40V
R243
1.00M
J100
+5V
P100
HALF
SPAN
1
2
+2V
--- 2 V
U24B
TL072
P101
1
B3
R132
200.0
R126
1.00M
C29
.1UF
5
6
HALF
SPAN
R242
100.0K
R158
20.0K
R160
511.0K
C92
430PF
<5>
+11.8V
7
J101
10
H2
SWP_SPEED
2
/LBAND
<5>
U20C
DG444
W10
0 OHM
R304
187.0K
R119
8.25K
R159
200.0K
C49
.1UF
9
U20D
DG444
C40
.1UF
C4
R34
100.0K
R107
49.9K
11
R97
54.9K
R128
54.9K
+RAMP
NOTE: THE NUMBERS BY ADJUSTMENTS ARE
FOR THE ORDER OF CALIBRATION.
THE NUMBERS MAY NOT MATCH THE
SILKSCREEN ON THE BOARD FOR
THE 70MHz LINEARITY SECTION.
<4>
R35
10K
14
15
---11.8V
R120
15.0K
1
R151
20.0K
R241
2.10K
1
6
D2
U17B
DG444
+5V
E4
R161
5.23K
--- 1 1 . 8 V
R94
2.21K
R33
20.0K
/1MHZ
<5>
R231
10.0K
<1>
R51
5K
CR15
+11.8V
CR24
7
6
R143
20.0K
VCO
R244
10.0K
+11.8V
8
2
CR5
8
9
C90
.01UF
R95
7.50K
+5V
8
U17C
DG444
U18A
TL072
5
U16C
TL074
W7
0 OHM
R73
18.2K
R81
10K
E2
2
3
R121
511.0
Q8
11
10
1
9
R144
82.5K
U24A
TL072
/10MHZ
<5>
8
R232
1K
R142
4.75K
CR21
NORMAL
3
2
10
U20B
DG444
+11.8V
1
R129
4.99K
CR16
R98
4.99K
R123
10.0K
R50
5.62K
4
8
W6
7
6
R58
2K
P3
--- 1 1 . 8 V
4
INVERSE
HALF
SPAN J3
3
+11.8V
R122
10.0K
U18B
TL072
2
1
---11.8V
6
5
R301
18.7K
+11.8V
+5V
7
1
3
1
2
R65
3.01K
R113
250
R127
806.0
U23C
7406
R74
3.40K
R75
5K
H2
3
U20A
2
R124
6.19K
5
6
R40
150.0
R108
5.62K
/LBAND
<5>
DG444
4
1
5
L BAND LINEARITY
+5V
4
FULL
GAIN
R125
12.7K
---11.8V
CR2
VR1
3V
R39
1.00K
U17D
DG444
R109
6.19K
RAMP GENERATOR
--- 1 1 . 8 V
0V
W5
0 OHM
U16B
TL074
14
15
R93
10.2K
CR13
---11.8V
--- 8 V
5
6
1
6
+5V
7
R303
20.0K
SPARE JUMPER HOLDERS
+40V
R92
2.00K
--- 1 1 . 8 V
J200
J201
J202
J203
CR32
R112
4.75K
U23A
7406
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
R71
2.00K
E3
R131
200.0
C30
.1UF
1
2
/FULL
FULL
<5>
R80
10.0K
R82
5K
R302
18.7K
W4
0 OHM
R118
8.25K
6
R70
1.00K
R66
39.2K
R105
20.0K
C20
.1UF
D4
MARKER
GENERATOR
R55
5K
--- 1 1 . 8 V
R117
511.0
<1>
R106
237.0K
---11.8V
3
VCO---70
1
R59
20.0K
R96
1.00K
4
1
5
R110
10.0K
+/ --- 2 V
2
Q7
2
3
U16D
TL074
R49
10K
R56
20K
---11.8V
U17A
DG444
R84
1.00K
R63
10.0K
R104
511.0
OFFSET
GAIN
+11.8V
13
12
R86
100.0K
R83
100.0K
1
3
1
2
14
B3
+5V
CR4
CR19
R52
54.9K
4
CR12
C25
.001UF
<5>
U14B
TL074
+11.8V
R36
5K
R60
7.87K
CR14
R76
CR7
2
3
U14C
TL074
U14D
TL074
R62
10.0K
CFT
1
6
5
R87
4.75K
R37
20K
7
9
13
12
MARKER
GAIN
8
14
C7
.1UF
R53
115.0K
U14A
TL074
10
2.00K
1
1
CR8
+11.8V
4
+11.8V
R85
4.75K
U16A
TL074
---11.8V
R69
24.3K
VR2
3V
R38
20K
R88
1.00K
R64
237.0K
R61
20K
3
2
1
OFFSET
R48
10K
70 MHz LINEARITY
MARKER
POSITION
R32
20.0K
---11.8V
1
1
/MARKER
4
---11.8V
W3
0 OHM
+5V
W2
0 OHM
--- 1 1 . 8 V
0V
--- 1 . 6 V
A3
R67
2.00K
ZAXIS
R41
4.75K
ZAXIS
+5V
<4>
R44
3.01K
+11.8V
R31
4.99K
R72
6.81K
R68
1.00K
+5V
R57
5K
+5V
+5V
Z--AXIS
CONTROL
CR11
Q4
CR6
CR3
5
R47
20.0K
U13D
CA3046
U13A
CA3046
U13B
CA3046
1
1
+5V
R45
10.0K
1
5
8
7
R43
2.00K
R42
10.0K
Q5
R46
2.00K
D2
2
4
6
9
--- 1 1 . 8 V
RO---BLANK
<5>
+5V
1
0
3
+5V
R103
10.0K
D2
R91
30.1K
R102
4.75K
CR20
<5>
R54
20.0K
R79
20.0K
Q6
/ R O --- E N
R89
20K
+11.8V
1
4
B3
C79
.1UF
C18
.1UF
READOUT
INTENS
R78
1.00K
C19
.1UF
<5>
U13C
CA3046
12
INTENS
U23B
7406
--- 1 1 . 8 V
--- 1 1 . 8 V
---11.8V
3
4
R247
100.0
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
1
3
C77
.1UF
C4
.1UF
C6
.1UF
C10
.1UF
C11
.1UF
C14
.1UF
C15
.1UF
C21
.1UF
R90
3.57K
--- 1 1 . 8 V
--- 1 1 . 8 V
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
SWEEP GENERATOR <3>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
Schematic Diagram <4> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A3. Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1, 2, 3,
and 5.
Comp Diag Bd
No
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
Loc
Comp
No
Loc
Loc
No
Loc
C22
C5
C5
D5
B5
B5
G2
G2
G2
G2
G2
Q29
G2
N6
R209
D2
L6
C23
C24
C26
C27
R30
E3
D5
C5
B5
C5
D3
F2
G1
G1
G1
R210
R211
R212
R213
R220
D1
F3
F2
F3
F2
M6
L6
R77
R99
L6
R100
R101
L6
C28
C65
C78
C84
C93
C102
A5
G4
D2
D2
C1
B4
G2
K6
L6
M6
K5
I2
M6
R111
R116
R134
R135
R139
B5
B5
B5
B2
B1
G1
G2
H1
H5
H6
R221
R223
R224
R225
R226
G2
F2
F2
F2
G2
M6
N5
M6
N6
N5
CR9
D5
D5
B5
B5
F2
F2
G2
G2
CR10
CR17
CR18
R140
R152
R162
R168
R176
B1
B1
D4
D4
C1
H6
I6
R227
R228
R229
R230
R308
R309
G2
G2
F1
G1
E3
E3
N5
N6
N6
N6
K5
K5
I6
I6
J4
A3
H4
H4
H2
H2
A4
A4
A4
H1
J6
J6
N6
N6
H1
I1
J5
J7
J8
R177
R178
R179
R180
R184
E4
F3
G3
D4
C1
J6
K6
K6
J6
K5
J12
J13
J21
J22
J23
U15
C5
B5
B2
B2
B2
F2
G1
H6
H6
H6
U19
U21A
U21B
U21C
I1
R185
R186
R188
R189
R190
F4
G4
C2
F4
G4
K6
K6
K5
K6
K6
L19
B4
H2
U26A
U26B
U27
E4
E4
C2
E2
E2
J5
J5
K5
L5
L5
Q14
Q15
Q16
Q17
Q18
F4
G4
G4
F4
F4
K6
J6
U30A
U30B
K6
K6
L6
R191
R192
R193
R194
R197
G4
F4
G4
C2
G2
K6
K6
K6
K5
L5
U30C
U33
E4
D2
L5
M6
Q19
Q22
Q23
Q26
Q27
F4
F2
F2
F2
F2
L6
M6
M6
N6
M6
W8
B4
E4
E4
H1
J6
J6
W11
W12
R198
R199
R200
R204
F5
F4
F5
D2
L6
L6
L6
L6
Q28
G2
N6
1705A
+11.8V
R139
9.09K
R140
50K
R152
4.75K
VPOSN
VERTICAL
DEFLECTION
AMPLIFIER
2dB GAIN
R176
50K
15 KHz
LOWPASS
FILTER
VERT
GAIN
+40V
R210
20.0K
+5V
R184
10.0K
C93
100PF
R229
6.19K
R230
6.19K
+11.8V
TO CRT
VERT
DEFL
U21A
4053
1
6
J13
J12
+11.8V
+SIG
--- S IG
BLUE
NC
PLATES
12
13
14
6
+11.8V
7
R225
1.21K
BROWN
H2
R188
6.19K
U33
LF351
7
NC
8
<8>
2
3
R209
10.0K
R204
10.0K
1
2
3
6
8
1
7
H4
6
+11.8V
---11.8V
+5V
R224
2.74K
LOG
<2>
C84
.001UF
D2
U27
LM318
C78
.001UF
Q27
Q26
Q29
Q28
4
1 5
NC
4
2DB
U30A
4053
1
6
<5>
R227
56.2K
R194
100.0K
U21C
4053
U30B
4053
B3
R135
2.00K
9
12
13
---11.8V
R223
100.0
---11.8V
R226
35.7K
<5>
3
5
14
6
1
2
4
15
VERT_POSN
NC
1
1
R228
7.50K
7
8
1
0
--- 1 1 . 8 V
R220
511.0
R221
511.0
U21B
4053
H2
R197
80.6K
/VFILTER
<5>
NC
NC
2
1
NC
15
R212
2.00K
Q23
1
0
Q22
NC
R213
100.0
BUFFERS
J4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
NC
NC
R211
100.0
--- 1 1 . 8 V
FOCUS
ZAXIS
<5>
B3
E4
3
<3>
J4
CONNECTS
TO J4
--- 1 1 . 8 V
4
R30
15.0K
H4
5
+100V
+40V
+15V
+5V
YAXIS
<5>
<7>
6
A1
7
D2
POWER
SUPPLY
BOARD
/ R O --- E N
<5>
8
9
R308
499.0
H4
10
10
--- 1 5 V
XAXIS
<5>
R309
2.00K
HORIZONTAL
DEFLECTION
AMPLIFIER
+100V
R178
6.3K
3W
R179
6.3K
3W
W8
0 OHM
TO W698
PIN 1
TO CRT
HORIZ
DEFL
J23
J22
J8
J7
---11.8V
---11.8V
CONNECT FOR 10 DIV
--- R A M P
+RAMP
RED
<6>
PLATES
GREEN
H2
W11
0 OHM
TO W698
PIN 2
<8>
R180
10.0K
W12
0 OHM
R177
2.00K
+40V
+15V
R185
100.0
R186
100.0
<6>
+11.8V
Q14
Q17
Q15
Q16
+11.8V
R190
L19
64UH
J21
TO S100
B3
U30C
4053
+11.8V
+11.8VF
9
R162
8.87K
R168
5K
R189
1.00K
U26B
TL072
<6>
<5>
B1
4 V P --- P
5
3
~
8.25K
~
5 V P --- P
6
5
4
~
C102
.1UF
+RAMP
~
HORZ_POSN
<3>
7
C65
.1UF
R191
1.00K
HORIZ
GAIN
R192
210.0
R193
210.0
+11.8V
8
R199
681.0
Q19
U26A
TL072
POST REGULATORS
NC
NC
3
2
1
NC
Q18
R134
16
1/2W
R101
4.75K
R200
100.0
+15V
4
--- 1 1 . 8 V
ADJUST
R198
100.0
U19
LM317
CR17
---11.8V
---11.8V
3
2
R99
500
C23
1UF
+15V
IN
OUT
+11.8V
C24
10UF
A
---11.8V
C28
.1UF
CR18
R116
604.0
1
R77
604.0
C22
.1UF
1
CR9
C27
1UF
C26
10UF
R111
500
A
2
3
IN
OUT
---11.8V
--- 1 5 V
+11.8V
ADJUST
U15
LM337
CR10
R100
4.75K
--- 1 5 V
See parts list for earier values and serial number ranges.
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS <4>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
Schematic Diagram <5> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A3 and A3A1. Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams
1, 2, 3, and 4.
Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd
Loc
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
No
Comp
No
No
Loc
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
R4
R5
C3
G1
B4
B3
R133
R245
A3
C4
H1
E1
A3
A3A1
C1
C2
C3
C5
C8
D1
D1
D1
C3
G5
A4
A4
A4
A5
C2
DS100
DS200
DS300
D5
D5
D5
A1
B1
C1
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
H2
H2
H2
H2
H2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
R246
R300
C5
C2
E1
B6
U1
U2
U3
U4
U5
D3
D1
C3
D3
G5
A4
B3
B5
B6
C3
P100
D5
B1
C9
G5
B4
C4
C3
A5
C2
C6
C6
D6
D2
P200
P800
D5
D5
A1
C1
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
H2
H3
H3
H3
B4
B2
B3
B3
B5
C6
C12
C13
C16
C17
U6
G2
F2
E3
E2
F3
C3
B4
B4
B4
B4
U7A
U7B
U7C
U7D
CR1
C3
B6
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
C4
B4
C4
B5
C5
C6
C6
C6
D2
D1
J1
A2
B5
C2
D5
A2
D2
A6
A3
J2
U8
E1
F1
G3
C4
H4
H4
C3
C4
D3
C6
D3
D3
J300
J414
U9
U10
U11
U12A
U12B
R21
R23
R24
R25
R26
C5
B5
B5
C4
H3
D1
D2
D2
D6
D2
P300
C2
Q1
B5
B5
D5
C4
D1
E1
D1
D1
Q2
W1
Y1
D1
D1
C4
B5
Q3
Q100
R27
R28
R29
H3
H4
H4
E3
D3
E3
R1
R2
R3
C3
C2
C3
A4
A4
A3
1705A
8031 ONLY
AD[0..7]
W1
0 OHM
A0
+5V
1
U2
8031
U8
74ALS573
U9
27C64
MICROPROCESSOR
31
19
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
2
3
EA/VP
X1
P0.0
P0.1
P0.2
P0.3
P0.4
P0.5
P0.6
P0.7
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
R5
10K
C2
33PF
9
8
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
4
7
5
Y1
12MHZ
C3
33PF
6
6
+5V
18
5
7
X2
4
8
B4
B2
D1
C1
10UF
3
9
R2
10.0K
/LBAND
/10KHZ
<1> <3> <3>
9
25
24
21
23
2
10
RESET
<2>
A4
11
1
C
+5V
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
P2.0
P2.1
P2.2
P2.3
P2.4
P2.5
P2.6
P2.7
/VFILTER
<4>
E2
OC
J1
1A
A10
A11
A12
1
BANDWIDTH
FILTER
R300
10.0K
12
13
14
15
R6
100.0
2DB
INT0
INT1
T0
<4>
<3>
B2
B4
2
LED_ON
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
9A
9B
RO---BLANK
J300
P300
3
INPUT
2
1
R7
100.0
HALF
SPAN
27
20
22
26
1
NC
+5V
PGM
CE
NC
U6
74ALS574
4
SPAN_UP
NC
LED_300K
/1MHZ
T1
<3>
C1
5
NC
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
R8
100.0
D1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
OE
VPP
+5V
6
SPAN_DN
LED_1M
FILTER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NC
LED_10K
P1.0
P1.1
P1.2
P1.3
P1.4
P1.5
P1.6
P1.7
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
7
BANDWIDTH
INPUT
R9
100.0
8
LED_100K
LED_FULL
LED_10M
LED_LBAND
LED_70M
LED_300K
LED_10K
17
16
29
30
11
10
LED_LBAND
RD
WR
9
SPAN_UP
SPAN_DN
R10
100.0
LED_70M
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
PSEN
ALE/P
TXD
R11
100.0
C2
LED_1M
U7A
74ALS00
/10MHZ
<3>
C5
E3
U7C
74ALS00
1
2
R12
100.0
/ R O --- E N
RXD
<3> <4>
9
3
LED---CONT
11
1
CLK
OC
J1
CONNECTS
TO J303
C3
8
LED_10M
U1
ADC0831
10
FULL
<3>
NC
R13
100.0
5
6
U7D
74ALS00
+5V
+5V
VREF DO
H1
LED_ON
CFT
LED_100K
R3
15.0K
CFT
<3>
<4>
B3
A3
12
13
<6>
CFT
2
3
7
1
11
+IN
CLK
CS
U7B
74ALS00
A2
FOCUS
SCALE
S_SPD
INTENS
ROTATE
H_POSN
V_POSN
R14
100.0
FOCUS
--- IN
FRONT
PANEL
BOARD
4
5
R1
7.32K
R133
68.1K
6
/FULL
LED_FULL
10A
8
4
VCC
GND
10B
11A
11B
12A
12B
13A
13B
14A
14B
15A
15B
16A
16B
17A
17B
SWP_SPEED
INTENS
<3>
<3>
A1
D5
R4
2K
READOUT
CAL
HORZ_POSN
VERT_POSN
<4>
<4>
H4
H2
+11.8V
+15V
R26
20.0K
NC
NC
U3
78L05
U4
2444
CR1
R27
20K
3
1
8
6
7
5
3
4
2
1
IN
OUT
VCC
DI
HORZ POSN
READOUT
G
C16
.1UF
C5
100UF
RCL
STO
GND
DO
CLK
CE
U10
7528
--- 5 V
+5V
+5V
2
4
3
--- 5 V
VREFA
RFBA
+11.8V
8
18
VREFB
R15
4.02K
R25
24.3K
1
8
4
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
14
13
12
11
10
9
E3
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
2
3
+11.8V
---11.8V
<4>
7
2
1
5
2
3
OUTA
AGND
DGND
1
XAXIS
U11
LM311
R17
4.32K
C12
.1UF
6
NC
5
U12A
TL072
4
+5V
17
19
--- 1 1 . 8 V
VDD
+5V
8
R16
150.0K
RFBB
7
Q3
E3
U12B
TL072
<4>
/WR
16
15
6
5
6
WR
CS
A/B
+11.8V
7
YAXIS
/ R O --- P O S
A0
20
R18
150.0K
OUTB
C13
10UF
B
C
E
R245
1.00K
+11.8V
J100
R28
20.0K
LIGHT ENABLE
Q100
R29
20K
SCALE
1---2 ENABLE
2 --- 3 D IS A B L E
VERT POSN
READOUT
R21
100.0
R20
4.75K
Q3
--- 5 V
TRACE
--5V SUPPLY
P100
ROTATION
R246
1.00K
J414
P200
1
2
3
4
3
2
1
+15V
C8
.1UF
1
DS100
DS200
DS300
R24
100.0
--- 1 1 . 8 V
G
2
3
Q1
IN
OUT
--- 5 V
J2
CONNECTS
TO CRT
R19
180
1/2W
U5
79L05
--- 1 1 . 8 V
J2
FRONT
PANEL
1
2
H1
R23
100.0
P800
<8>
Q2
2
1
1
2
--- 1 5 V
C17
.1UF
--- 1 5 V
NOTE:
SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES
AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES.
A3A1 GRATICULE LIGHT BOARD
REV JUL 1994
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
MICROPROCESSOR <5>
Schematic Diagram <6> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to
assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A2 and A4.
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
Loc
Comp
No
No
Loc
A2
A4
DS112
A1
B1
A3
B3
B1
C491
C497
C580
C581
C583
D4
D4
C4
C4
B5
B1
C1
A1
A2
A1
DS112A
DS112B
DS112C
DS129
DS129A
DS129B
DS129C
DS130
B1
B3
B1
B1
C1
C682
C683
C684
C690
C697
C782
A5
B5
B5
E4
F4
A5
A2
A2
B2
B2
C2
A3
DS144
DS144A
DS144B
DS144C
DS145
C1
B3
C1
C1
A2
CR481
CR485
CR494
CR594
C4
D4
D4
D4
A1
B1
C1
D1
DS319
DS319A
DS319B
DS319C
DS319D
DS319E
A2
B3
B2
B3
C2
DS698
J698
F5
C2
D2
G4
L591
L695
D4
F4
B1
C2
DS319F
DS319G
DS325
DS330
DS337
B3
D2
B2
B2
B2
Q481
Q482
Q588
Q596
Q783
C4
C5
E5
D4
B5
A1
A1
B2
D1
B3
A2 Front Panel Board
J303
H1
A2
R485
R494
R581
R585
R586
C4
D4
C4
D4
B5
B1
C1
A2
B1
B2
R211
R235
R343
R411
R419
E2
F3
D2
F3
E3
A1
B2
C3
A3
A3
Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
R587
R588
R680
R681
R682
E5
D5
A5
A5
B5
B1
B1
A2
A2
A2
R428
R444
R511
R528
E3
D2
D3
D3
B3
C3
A4
B4
S109
S123
S139
S311
S345
E1
F1
E1
E2
F2
A1
B1
C1
A2
C2
R685
R686
R687
R688
R690
C5
C5
E4
E4
E4
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
R691
R692
R693
R696
E4
F4
F4
F4
B2
B2
B2
C2
S100
U583
W698
G5
C5
G4
A2
A4 18V Power Supply Board
1705A
+5V
2
+5V
2
+5V
2
VIDEO
FILTER
RESOLUTION
FILTER
VIDEO
FILTER
ON
DS112
RESOLUTION
FILTER
300 KHz
DS129
DS144
INPUT
L BAND
J303
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
9A
9B
DS112A
LED_ON
DS129A
LED_300K
DS144A
LED_LBAND
S109
S123
1
1
1
BANDWIDTH
FILTER
1
2
FILTER
BANDWIDTH
INPUT
3
+5V
6
+5V
6
SPAN_UP
4
INPUT
S139
NC
5
RESOLUTION
FILTER
10 KHz
DS130
DS145
SPAN_DN
LED_1M
6
INPUT
70 MHz
7
DS129C
DS144C
5
5
INPUT
LED_100K
LED_FULL
LED_10M
LED_LBAND
LED_70M
LED_300K
LED_10K
8
LED_10K
LED_70M
9
10
11
12
13
14
+5V
+5V
6
+5V
+5V
SPAN/DIV
S311
SPAN/DIV
S345
1
0
1
4
2
DS319
DS325
DS330
DS337
SPAN/DIV
100 KHz
SPAN/DIV
1 MHz
SPAN/DIV
10 MHz
SPAN/DIV
FULL
SPAN_DN
SPAN_UP
DS319A
DS319C
LED_1M
DS319E
DS319G
1
5
9
1
3
J303
CONNECTS
TO J1
LED_100K
LED_10M
LED_FULL
NC 15
16
LED_ON
CFT
A2
17
<5>
FOCUS
SCALE
S_SPD
INTENS
ROTATE
H_POSN
V_POSN
18
A3
MAIN
BOARD
19
10A
20
10B
11A
11B
12A
12B
13A
13B
14A
14B
15A
15B
16A
16B
17A
17B
NOTE: OLD LED PART REFERENCE
NUMBERS SILKSCREENED ON BOARD,
AND IN PARTS LIST.
21
R343
35.7K
22
23
INTENS
INTENS
V_POSN
H_POSN
S_SPD
SCALE
ROTATE
24
R444
20K
R211
20K
SWEEP
SPEED
NC 25
NC 26
27
--- 1 1 . 8 V
--- 1 1 . 8 V
NOT INSTALLED
+11.8V
+11.8V
+11.8V
28
+5V
4
3
6
5
4
3
4
3
29
VERTICAL
POSITION
R411
20K
FOCUS
30
R528
20K
R428
20K
SCALE
FOCUS
31
DS112B
4
DS112C
8
DS129B
DS144B
32
+11.8V
--- 1 1 . 8 V
---11.8V
+11.8V
1
2
33
+11.8V
+11.8V
34
--- 1 1 . 8 V
10 TURN
CFT
DS319B
DS319D
DS319F
3
7
1
1
HORIZONTAL
POSITION
TRACE
ROTATION
CENTER
FREQUENCY
R511
20K
R419
20K
R235
20K
--- 1 1 . 8 V
---11.8V
A2 FRONT PANEL BOARD
GND
FROM J23
<4>
+40V
FROM J22
FROM J21
A3
MAIN
BOARD
+40V
C497
10UF
+15V
J698
W698
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
+15V
R494
71.5
CR494
C491
1UF
+40V
+15V
CR485
Q596
R690
1
2W
C580
100UF
L591
250UH
L695
100UH
Q596
R581
1.50K
CR481
Q481
C697
10UF
C690
100UF
R696
1K
1/2W
CR594
R688
1.00K
R691
3.01K
R692
3.01K
R693
3.01K
ON
OFF
NC
R687
3.01K
REAR
PANEL
B
C
E
C581
.1UF
R485
475.0
R585
475.0
LNB POWER
Q588
DS698
C583
2200PF
LNB POWER
S100
U583
NE5561N
R586
10.0K
Q482
5
2
4
3
1
7
6
8
NC
RC
VZ
VCC
+8.2V
R588
1.00K
OUT
SEN
GND
E5
REAR
PANEL
GAIN
C682
.1UF
R681
10.0K
<1>
FB
C683
.01UF
R587
1.00K
C684
.01UF
+18V
Q783
R686
56.2K
R682
267.0K
R680
7.50K
C782
10UF
+3.75V
R685
15.0K
A4 18V POWER SUPPLY BOARD
FRONT PANEL & 18V SUPPLY <6>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
A1 Power Supply Board
Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
A1 Power Supply Board Component Locator
(with cross-references to schematic diagrams 7 and 8).
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Diag Bd
No
Comp Diag Diag Bd
Loc
No
Loc
No
Loc
No
Loc
No
No
No
No
No
No
Loc
No
No
No
Loc
No
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
No
Loc
No
No
Loc
Loc
C1
8
8
8
8
8
C4
D3
D3
D3
D4
A4
D1
A2
A2
B3
C24
8
8
D1
A3
E4
E2
C47
7
7
7
7
7
A3
C4
D3
C3
C3
J3
J4
J2
J2
K2
CR5
8
D2
C3
CR26
CR27
CR28
CR29
CR30
CR31
7
7
7
7
8
8
F4
D3
G4
E4
A2
A2
H4
J1
L1
7
7
7
7
F3
F2
F2
C2
F2
G1
G2
N1
R12
8
7
7
8
D3
F3
G3
C4
C1
H4
H4
A4
R39
8
8
E2
D2
B1
B2
R82
7
7
7
7
7
C3
C5
B5
G4
D3
J2
J2
J2
H5
J1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C25
C48
C49
C50
C51
L2
L3
L4
R13
R14
R20
R40
R61
8
7
8
8
8
8
D1
D4
A2
C2
B1
B1
E4
I4
R83
R84
R85
R86
T1
8
7
7
B2
E4
E2
C4
H5
G3
CR6
CR7
CR8
CR9
CR10
8
8
8
8
7
E2
C2
C2
C1
F1
C3
D4
D4
E4
G2
H5
H5
E2
E2
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
T2
T3
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
8
8
7
7
7
B1
B1
F2
F2
F3
E3
E3
F1
F2
F3
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
8
8
8
8
8
D4
E3
E2
D2
F2
B3
C1
B3
B3
C4
E2
E2
E3
E3
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8
8
8
8
8
E5
E5
D4
D4
C4
B3
A3
B4
B4
B4
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
8
8
8
8
8
C5
D5
B4
D5
B4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
TP1
TP2
7
7
F5
E5
F4
K4
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
8
8
8
8
8
C4
F3
D3
E2
C5
B4
B1
B2
B2
B4
C52
C53
C54
C55
C56
7
7
7
7
7
C4
E3
C2
E3
B2
J2
R87
R88
R89
R90
R91
7
7
7
7
7
D3
B4
B2
E3
D2
K2
J2
M4
I3
I2
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
8
8
8
7
E2
E2
E3
D2
B2
B2
B2
L2
M2
H3
M3
CR11
CR12
CR13
CR14
CR15
7
7
7
7
7
F2
F2
F3
E2
E4
G2
G1
G2
G3
G5
R67
R68
R69
R70
R71
7
7
7
7
7
F2
F4
G4
G4
F4
F4
G5
G5
G4
H4
U1
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
D1
B1
C4
B3
D4
C4
C3
C1
F4
J3
J3
I5
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
7
7
8
7
7
F2
G2
D1
F3
G2
F3
F4
F4
G3
G3
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
8
8
8
8
8
E3
D2
C2
F2
F2
C1
C3
C4
C4
E1
U2
K1
U3A
U3B
U4A
U4B
U5
Q6
8
7
7
7
8
7
B2
D5
E4
D3
A2
G3
E1
I4
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
8
8
8
8
8
E5
E5
E5
D2
D2
A3
A4
A4
B1
A2
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
8
8
8
8
8
E2
D2
D2
D2
F2
B1
C4
C4
C4
C4
C57
C58
C59
C60
C61
7
7
7
7
7
B2
B3
B4
B5
D4
N5
J2
J3
J4
I4
F1
7
B2
M4
Q7
R92
R93
R94
R95
R96
7
7
7
7
7
D2
D2
D2
B4
A4
K1
L2
L2
J3
K3
Q8
I4
I5
CR16
CR17
CR18
CR19
CR20
7
7
7
7
7
D5
E2
D2
B3
E3
I4
I2
I2
K3
I3
FIL1
FIL2
8
8
C3
C3
C1
C1
Q9
J1
E2
G3
R72
R73
R74
R75
R76
7
7
7
7
7
D5
E5
C4
B5
C5
H4
I4
J2
C37
C38
C39
C40
C41
7
7
7
7
7
G3
G2
E4
F4
E4
G4
G4
G4
H4
I4
Q10
Q11
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
8
8
8
8
8
F3
F2
F2
F2
D2
E1
E1
E1
E1
D4
J5
J4
I4
VR1
VR2
VR3
VR4
7
8
7
7
F4
A2
F3
F4
H4
E2
H4
H4
J1
8
7
8
7
7
7
7
8
F3
H5
F2
H3
H1
A2
A2
F4
B1
B5
D1
F5
F1
M3
N1
A2
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
8
8
8
8
8
D4
E5
C4
C4
D4
B3
B3
B4
B4
B3
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
8
8
8
8
8
C2
F2
F3
C1
C2
C3
D4
E1
D4
D4
C62
C63
C65
C66
7
7
8
8
E1
E1
B2
A2
H1
G1
F4
E2
J2
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R7
R8
R11
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
E3
E4
E4
E4
E5
B4
B4
F4
A1
A2
A2
A3
A3
A4
A4
A2
R97
7
7
7
7
7
8
A3
F4
G5
C3
C2
A2
J3
J3
R98
H4
H5
K2
M1
E2
CR21
CR22
CR23
CR24
CR25
7
7
7
7
7
B2
B2
B2
B2
B3
L4
L4
L4
L4
J2
J4
R77
R78
R79
R80
R81
7
7
7
7
7
D4
B4
B3
C4
D3
I4
R99
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
7
7
7
7
7
D3
C4
D2
D4
C5
I1
J4
I3
I4
I4
J5
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
8
8
8
8
8
F3
B2
D2
B1
C1
E1
E1
E4
E2
E3
J4
J2
J4
J1
R101
R102
R103
W1
W2
W3
W4
7
7
7
7
G3
G3
G2
G2
E4
E4
E4
E5
J6
CR1
CR2
CR3
CR4
8
8
8
8
E2
D4
E2
C2
B1
B3
B1
B2
J10
J11
R36
R37
R38
8
8
8
D4
C5
E2
B3
B4
B1
C21
C22
C23
8
8
8
C1
B2
B2
D4
E2
E3
RV1
7
D2
I3
* SEE PARTS LIST FOR EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER RANGES
1705A
J5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
CAUTION:
ALL CIRCUITRY TO THE
LEFT OF THE ISOLATION
BOUNDARY IS AT POWER LINE
POTENTIAL AND REQUIRES
AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
TO SERVICE
4
ISOLATION
BOUNDARY
USED WITH
1700F10
UPGRADE
ONLY
5
6
(DC OPER.)
7
8
9
10
11
10
11
CR10
LINE RECTIFIER
AND FILTER
C62
NOT INSTALLED
C63
NOT INSTALLED
OUTPUT FILTERS
L3
4.7UH
MOUNTING
L4
1MH
C56
.022UF
R102
8
CLAMP
CR11
+15V
+15A
W4
0 OHM
C30
560UF
C36
560UF
C44
.47UF
RV1
NOT INSTALLED
C54
330UF
T3
R89
5
1
2
10
9
CR23
CR22
F1
2A
90---250V
J6
CR18
NOT INSTALLED
R93
150K
J10
R91
100K
R92
100K
8
L2
4.7UH
C38
560UF
C29
560UF
REAR
PANEL
C57
.068UF
CR12
--- 1 5 V
--- 1 5 A
R94
150K
14
W3
0 OHM
CR24
CR21
CR14
13
DS4
R67
10.0
+40V
C33
10UF
C32
560UF
CR17
5
6
12
11
W2
0 OHM
+40VA
C42
560UF
C49
.1UF
OUTPUT UV
SHUTDOWN
L1
4.7UH
+5VC
CR13
PULSE
WIDTH
MODULATOR
7
+5V
+5D
C47
.47UF
W1
0 OHM
R97
2.00K
C35
560UF
C31
560UF
C37
560UF
CR19
SWITCHER
MOSFET
CR27
C55
NOT INSTALLED
SNUBBER
+5VC
U5
UC3842
C50
.47UF
CR25
+5V
5
6
+5V
7
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
COMP
REF
VCC
OUT
GND
H
C53
100PF
U3B
LM393
R81
178
VFB
VR3
5.1V
R14
10.0
Q9
R79
49.9K
ISOLATION
BOUNDARY
Q11
ISEN
RT/CT
J4
C58
200PF
R82
4.99K
R90
2.4K
1
2
J 4 --- 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
<8>
A4
D5
A4
CR20
R13
100
FOCUS
ZAXIS
<8>
<8>
R87
22.1
3
J4
CONNECTS
TO J4
NC
4
C51
.01UF
R101
49.9
R86
.51
5
+100V
+40V
+15V
R96
49.9K
U4B
74HC221A
<4>
6
Q9
NC
NC
6
7
A3
MAIN
BOARD
CX
8
+5V
R88
2.00K
C59
.1UF
7
9
9
RX
ERROR
AMPLIFIER
+40V
+5VC
FEEDBACK
TRANSFORMER
DRIVER
5
NC
G D S
10
A
B
Q
Q
--- 1 5 V
C
10
12 NC
L
+5V
R98
10.00K
1
1
C52
.01UF
+5VC
+5VC
R69
10.00K
+5VC
C41
.47UF
C40
4700PF
+5V
CR26
R68
178
R71
221K
CR15
T2
1
2
4
3
R85
100K
+5VC
R80
2.00K
U4A
74HC221A
C48
200PF
C45
.47UF
R99
100K
FRONT
PANEL
R95
4.53K
+5VC
8
C43
.47UF
+5VC
C61
470PF
C39
.1UF
CR29
VR4
10V
14
16
8
CX VCC
GND
+5V ADJUST
VR1
POWER
R74
4.99K
R78
3.74K
15
1
R70
10.00K
R77
100
R62
100
RX
3
2
1
13
4
(OPEN = ON)
A
B
Q
Q
Q8
C
L
2
NC
U3A
LM393
+5VC
R75
4.99K
C60
.1UF
4
3
S1
Q7
+5VC
J2
R72
10.0
R73
10.0
1
2
1
2
+5VC
+5VC
R76
3.74K
C46
.01UF
R83
10.00K
CR16
SECONDARY GROUND
(CHASSIS GROUND)
R84
18.7K
LINE SIDE COMMON
TP2
PEAK
DETECTOR
TP1
NOTE:
SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES
AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES.
PART OF A1 POWER SUPPLY
LOW VOLTS POWER SUPPLY <7>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
Schematic Diagram <8> Component Locator Chart
The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to
assist in locating parts within that diagram.
Assembly A1. Partial Assembly A1 also shown on Diagram 7.
Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd
No
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
Loc
Comp
No
Loc
No
Loc
Loc
Loc
No
Loc
C1
C4
D3
D3
D3
D4
A4
D1
A2
A2
B3
CR1
CR2
CR3
CR4
CR5
E2
D4
E2
C2
D2
B1
B3
B1
B2
C3
R4
E4
E5
A3
R44
D2
B3
C2
C3
C4
C5
R5
A3
R45
F2
C4
R7
B4
B4
F4
D3
C4
A4
A4
A2
C1
A4
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
E3
D2
C2
F2
F2
C1
C3
C4
C4
E1
R8
R11
R12
R20
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C4
F3
D3
E2
C5
B4
B1
B2
B2
B4
CR6
CR7
CR8
CR9
CR30
CR31
E2
C2
C2
C1
A2
A2
C3
D4
D4
E4
E2
E2
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
C5
D5
B4
D5
B4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
F3
F2
F2
F2
D2
E1
E1
E1
E1
D4
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
E2
D2
D2
D2
F2
B1
C4
C4
C4
C4
DS1
DS2
DS3
E2
E2
E3
B2
B2
B2
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
E5
E5
E5
D2
D2
A3
A4
A4
B1
A2
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
F3
B2
D2
B1
C1
E1
E1
E4
E2
E3
FIL1
FIL2
C3
C3
C1
C1
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
C2
F2
F3
C1
C2
C3
D4
E1
D4
D4
J1
F3
F2
F4
B1
D1
A2
J3
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
D4
E5
C4
C4
D4
B3
B3
B4
B4
B3
R61
R63
R64
R65
R66
R103
D1
A2
C2
B1
B1
A2
E4
E2
E2
E3
E3
E2
J11
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
C1
B2
B2
D1
A3
D4
E2
E3
E4
E2
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
E5
E5
D4
D4
C4
B3
A3
B4
B4
B4
A10 CRT Socket Board (Front of Board)
A10 CRT Socket Board (Back of Board)
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
D4
C5
E2
E2
D2
B3
B4
B1
B1
B2
T1
B2
C4
C27
C28
C34
C65
C66
B1
B1
D1
B2
A2
E3
E3
F4
F4
E2
Q6
B2
A2
E1
E2
U1
U2
D1
B1
C1
F4
Q10
R1
R2
R3
E3
E4
E4
A1
A2
A2
R41
R42
R43
D4
E3
E2
B3
C1
B3
VR2
VR5
VR6
A2
D2
D2
E2
B2
B2
Assembly A10.
Diag
Loc
Bd
Loc
Comp Diag Bd
No Loc
Comp
No
Loc
J1
J2
G4
G3
B1
A1
J3
H4
G3
B3
B2
SKT1
1705A
R61
22.1
+100V
HV OSC &
ERROR AMP
P320 IS PART
OF CRT
C19
10UF
C24
10UF
C34
10UF
V1
P320
1
2
B5
C28
.1UF
R66
499K
R65
100K
<5>
U1
TRACE
ROTATION
5.5KV P---P
+5V
+11KV
POST
(g7)
2
3
IN
OUT
R59
5.000K
G
+15A
7
C27
.1UF
C21
.015UF
CRT
1
U2
741
R60
6.04K
2
3
CR9
(g5)
6
6
+100V
C20
.015UF
CR7
GRID DRIVE
C65
.47UF
R50
10.0
R64
100K
4
(x2)
11
R45
100K
+15A
R63
2.00K
GEOMETRY
C15
.1UF
(x1)
13
C12
.015UF
C9
.01UF
R48
3.01K
--- 1 5 A
R43
CR5
CR6
470
R103
499K
R58
100K
CR30
Q10
C22
.47UF
CR31
T1
8
CRT
BIAS
+40VA
+15V
C14
.015UF
C13
.015UF
(y2)
7
(y1)
9
C16
10UF
R52
10.0
5
4
3
R55
22.1K
13
7
R38
22M
R49
20K
C66
10UF
C23
.01UF
C11
R44
ASTIG
R47
100K
C17
.1UF
.001UF
470
CR3
WIRE
COLOR
CODES
--- 1 5 A
(g4)
(g3)
(g2)
5
4
ASTIG
FOCUS
CR1
DS2
DS1
CR8
H
VR2
5.1V
R57
22.1
J3
1
+40VA
R53
10.0
Q6
WHT/BLK/RED
WHT/BLUE
WHT/GRN
6
2
1
9
1
2
3
4
R39
470
R40
10K
R30
10K
R29
47
2
CR4
VR5
VR6
R54
4.99K
FIL1
FIL2
R56
10.0
3
WHT/GRAY
12
1st ANODE
4
C8
.01UF
C3
.01UF
C4
.01UF
C25
.1UF
(g1)
DS3
R42
150K
R51
4.99K
C18
.1UF
3
10
J1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
BRN/RED
(k)
NC
NC
2
CATHODE
2
R12
470
3
---2530V
WHT/RED
WHT/BRN
WHT/BLK
BRN
4
1
(f)
14
(f)
C2
.001UF
5
R46
10.0
6
7
C7
330PF
SKT1
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J2
J1
(g5)
(g4)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
HORIZONTAL
DEFLECTION
R1
1.5M
1W
(g2)
J3
H4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GREEN
RED
<4>
+100V
CR2
(g3)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R11
2.5M
R2
2.2M
1/2W
+100V
(k)
(g1)
(f)
J11
BRN
BLUE
H2
R35
475
Z AXIS
AMPLIFIER
C5
.1UF
<4>
CENTER
FOCUS
(f)
R36
2.00K
VERTICAL
DEFLECTION
C6
2200PF
A10 CRT SOCKET BOARD
Q3
+15A
R31
100K
R41
178
R23
NOT INSTALLED
H3
R3
1.5M
1W
J 4 --- 1
<7>
C1
.1UF
+100V
R34
2.00K
FOCUS
AMPLIFIER
Q4
R7
100K
R25
100
R8
100
R20
3.74K
H3
R4
1.5M
1W
V1 TUBE SOCKET
VISUAL AID
Q5
ZAXIS
<7>
+5D
C10
.47UF
R33
13.0K
+5D
R28
37.4K
ASTIG (g4)
GEOM (g5)
(g3) FOCUS
BOARD CAP
R5
1.5M
1W
Q2
R37
22.1
4
5
(g1) GRID
3
6
R21
NOT INSTALLED
VERT PLATE (y2)
(k) Cathode
Q1
7
9
2
R22
26.1K
--- 1 5 A
R27
13.0K
1
(f) Filament
(f) Filament
14
VERT PLATE (y1)
--- 1 5 A
13
12
11
(x1) HORIZ PLATE
(g2) 1st ANODE
R24
100
R32
499K
R26
499K
H3
HORIZ PLATE (x2)
FOCUS
<7>
See parts list for earier values and serial number ranges.
PART OF A1 POWER SUPPLY
HIGH VOLTS POWER SUPPLY <8>
1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Section 10
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
This section contains a list of the components that are replaceable for the 1705A.
Use this list to identify and order replacement parts. There is a separate
Replaceable Mechanical Parts list for each instrument.
Parts Ordering Information
Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix, Inc., Field
Office or representative.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate
improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of
the latest circuit improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to
include the following information in your order.
H
H
H
H
Part number
Instrument type or model number
Instrument serial number
Instrument modification number, if applicable
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part, your
local Tektronix, Inc., Field Office or representative will contact you concerning
any change in part number.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.
Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List
The tabular information in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list is arranged for
quick retrieval. Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you
find all of the information you need for ordering replaceable parts.
Cross Index-Mfr. Code
Number to Manufacturer
The Mfg. Code Number to Manufacturer Cross Index for the mechanical parts
list is located immediately after this page. The cross index provides codes,
names, and addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the mechanical
parts list.
Abbreviations
Chassis Parts
Abbreviations conform to American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
standard Y1.1.
Chassis-mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the
Replaceable Electrical Parts list.
1705A Spectrum Monitor
10--1
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Column Descriptions
Figure & Index No.
(Column 1)
Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the illustra-
tions.
Tektronix Part No.
(Column 2)
Indicates part number to be used when ordering replacement part from
Tektronix.
Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which the part was first used.
Column four (4) indicates the serial number at which the part was removed. No
serial number entered indicates part is good for all serial numbers.
Serial No.
(Column 3 and 4)
This indicates the quantity of mechanical parts used.
Qty (Column 5)
An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space
limitations, an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S.
Federal Catalog handbook H6-1 for further item name identification.
Name and Description
(Column 6)
Following is an example of the indentation system used to indicate relationship.
1
2
3
4
5
Assembly and/or Component
Name & Description
Mounting parts for Assembly and/or Component
*MOUNTING PARTS*/*END MOUNTING PARTS*
Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component
Mounting parts for Detail Part
*MOUNTING PARTS*/*END MOUNTING PARTS*
Parts of Detail Part
Mounting parts for Parts of Detail Part
*MOUNTING PARTS*/*END MOUNTING PARTS*
Mounting Parts always appear in the same indentation as the Item it mounts,
while the detail parts are indented to the right. Indented items are part of and
included with, the next higher indentation. Mounting parts must be purchased
separately, unless otherwise specified.
Mfr. Code
(Column 7)
Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part. (Code to name
and address cross reference can be found immediately after this page.)
Mfr. Part Number
(Column 8)
Indicates actual manufacturer’s part number.
10-2
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr.
Manufacturer
Address
City, State, Zip Code
Code.
06383
PANDUIT CORP
RICHCO
NELSON NAME PLATE CO
STAUFFER SUPPLY
GEROME MFG CO INC
FREEWAY CORP
MICRO PLASTICS INC.
THOMAS AND BETTS CORP
ELECTRONICS GROUP
17301 RIDGELAND
TINLEY PARK IL 60477-3048
CHICAGO, IL 60646
06915
07416
0KB01
0J9P9
12327
13764
15912
5825 N TRIPP AVE P.O. BOX 804238
3191 CASITAS
810 SE SHERMAN
PO BOX 737 403 NORTH MAIN
9301 ALLEN DR
LOS ANGELES CA 90039-2410
PORTLAND OR 97214
NEWBERG, OR 97132
CLEVELAND OH 44125-4632
FLIPPIN, AR 72634
HIGHWAY 178 NORTH
76 FAIRBANKS
IRVINE CA 92718
20093
31918
34785
56501
70903
FRC-ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES CORP.
ITT SCHADOW INC
DEK INC
THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION
COOPER BELDEN ELECTRONICS WIRE AND C
SUB OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC
FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO
LITTELFUSE INC
691 CENTRAL AVE
8081 WALLACE RD
3480 SWENSON AVE
1555 LINFIELD RD
MURRAY HILL, NJ 07974
EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344-2224
ST CHARLES IL 60174-3450
MEMPHIS, TN 38119
73743
75915
111 INDUSTRIAL RD
800 E NORTHWEST HWY
COLD SPRING KY 41076-9749
DES PLAINES IL 60016-3049
SUB TRACOR INC
78189
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC
SHAKEPROOF DIV
KASO PLASTICS INC
ST CHARLES ROAD
ELGIN IL 60120
7X318
80009
11013 A NE 39TH
14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR
PO BOX 500
VANCOUVER, WA 98662
BEAVERTON OR 97077-0001
TEKTRONIX INC
80126
PACIFIC ELECTRICORD CO
747 W REDONDO BEACH
PO BOX 10
287 WATTIS WAY
GARDENA CA 90247-4203
83309
83385
ELECTRICAL SPECIALITY CO
MICRODOT MFG INC
GREER-CENTRAL DIV
ELCO INDUSTRIES INC
SEASTROM MFG CO INC
TEXTRON INC
SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94080
TROY MI 48098
3221 W BIG BEAVER RD
83486
86928
93907
1101 SAMUELSON RD
701 SONORA AVE
600 18TH AVE
ROCKFORD IL 61101
GLENDALE CA 91201-2431
ROCKFORD IL 61108-5181
CAMCAR DIV
ESAM INC
LEWIS SCREW CO
STAUFFER SUPPLY CO (DIST)
PANEL COMPONENTS CORP
9M860
PO BOX 376
4300 S RACINE AVE
GRANTS PASS, OR 97526
CHICAGO IL 60609-3320
TK0435
TK0858
TK1179
1360 N DUTTON AVE
PO BOX 6626
10156 TORINO
600 18TH AVE
17145 SW ALEXANDER
SANTA ROSA CA 95406
TK1373
TK1543
TK1617
PATELEC-CEM (ITALY)
CAMCAR/TEXTRON
CRAFT FACTORY PLASTICS
VAICENTALLO 62/45S ITALY
ROCKFORD IL 61108-5181
ALOHA, OR 97007
1705A Spectrum Monitor
10-3
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
Serial Number
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
12345
Name & Description
Qty
Mfr. Part No.
426-2102-00
B20-70430
1-1
-2
426-2102-00
211-0690-02
1
2
FRAME,CRT:BEZEL
80009
*MOUNTING PARTS*
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.875,PNH,SST
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
TK1543
-3
-4
-5
333-3476-00
378-0258-00
333-3989-01
1
1
1
PANEL,FRONT:
80009
80009
80009
333-3476-00
378-0258-00
333-3989-01
FLTR,CONTRASTIN:GRAY,POLYCARBONATE
PANEL,FRONT:1705A
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-6
211-0721-00
2
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
83486
ORDER BY DESCR
-7
-8
-9
175-9872-01
174-2168-00
- - - - - - - - - -
1
1
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:2,18 AWG,2.5 L,0-N
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:18 AWG,4.0 L,0-N
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:FRONT PANEL
(SEE A2 REPL)
80009
80009
175-9872-01
174-2168-00
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-10
-11
-12
-13
211-0721-00
426-2101-04
211-0721-00
- - - - - - - - - -
4
1
3
1
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
83486
80009
83486
ORDER BY DESCR
426-2101-04
FRAME SECT,CAB.:FRONT
*MOUNTING PARTS*
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
ORDER BY DESCR
SW,PUSH:0.4A,125VAC,W/SLDR LUG,BTN W/YEL IDCTR
(SEE S1 REPL)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-14
-15
210-0405-00
211-0100-00
2
2
NUT,PLAIN,HEX:2-56 X 0.188,BRS CD PL
SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.750,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
73743
83385
12157-50
ORDER BY DESCR
-16
-17
- - - - - - - - - -
211-0721-00
1
6
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN
(SEE A3 REPL)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
83486
15912
ORDER BY DESCR
FSN-LA
-18
-19
196-3146-00
- - - - - - - - - -
7
1
FLEX STRIP:SINGLE JUMPER,1.0 L
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:GRATICULE LIGHT
(SEE A3A1 REPL)
-20
-21
337-3428-00
- - - - - - - - - -
1
1
SHIELD,ELEC:CIRCUIT BOARD,PC
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:POWER SUPPLY
(SEE A1 REPL)
80009
337-3428-00
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-22
-22
-23
-24
211-0721-00
211-0721-00
337-3796-01
211-0016-00
B041072
B041073
7
6
1
2
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
SHIELD,ELEC:0.032 BRASS,C26000,0.5 HARD
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.625,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
83486
83486
80009
TK0435
ORDER BY DESCR
ORDER BY DESCR
337-3796-01
ORDER BY DESCR
-25
-26
-27
-28
131-3573-00
337-3257-00
337-3931-00
200-3443-00
1
2
1
1
CONN,PLUG,ELEC:MALE,W/LOCKING ADAPTER
SHIELD,CKT BD:LV PWR SUPPLY
SHIELD,ELEC:ALUMINUM
80126
80009
80009
80009
B-0779
337-3257-00
337-3931-00
200-3443-00
COVER,HOUSING:ALUMINUM
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-29
211-0108-00
6
SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.156,PNH,STL,CD PL,POZ
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
TK0435
80009
ORDER BY DESCR
253-0415-00
-30
-31
253-0415-00
- - - - - - - - - -
1
1
TAPE,FOAM:1 X 1.5 X 0.125 THK,ADHESIVE ONE SIDE
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:70MHZ TUNER
(SEE A5 REPL)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-32
211-0108-00
3
SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.156,PNH,STL,CD PL,POZ
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
TK0435
ORDER BY DESCR
10-4
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
Serial Number
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
12345
Name & Description
Qty
Mfr. Part No.
-33
-34
-35
380-0856-00
211-0503-00
- - - - - - - - - -
1
2
1
HOUSING,CKT BD:ALUMINUM
*MOUNTING PARTS*
80009
93907
380-0856-00
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.188,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
ORDER BY DESCR
TUNER:FREQ 950-1750MHZ,OUT IF FREQ 479.5MHZ,IMP
IN/OUT 75
(SEE A6 REPL)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-36
-37
210-0590-00
210-0978-00
1
1
NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.375-32 X 0.438 BRS CD PL
WASHER,FLAT:0.375 ID X 0.5 OD X 0.024,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
73743
12327
28269-402
ORDER BY DESCR
-38
- - - - - - - - - -
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:18V POWER SUPPLY
(SEE A4 REPL)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
-39
-40
-41
-42
-43
-44
-45
-46
-47
211-0008-00
220-0065-00
211-0721-00
333-3990-02
211-0721-00
348-1464-00
407-4395-00
210-0457-00
- - - - - - - - - -
4
2
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
93907
80009
83486
80009
83486
80009
80009
78189
80009
ORDER BY DESCR
220-0065-00
NUT BAR:4-40/6-32,2 X 0.25 SQ,AL
*MOUNTING PARTS*
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
ORDER BY DESCR
333-3990-02
PANEL,REAR:1705A
*MOUNTING PARTS*
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
ORDER BY DESCR
348-1464-00
MANCHET:CRT,END RUBBER MANCHET,31.5MM THK X
63MM OD,50.5 ID,
BRACKET,CRT:BACK,0.062,ALUM,
*MOUNTING PARTS*
407-4395-00
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CRT SOCKET BD
(SEE A10 REPL)
511-061800-00
136-1167-00
*ATTACHED PARTS*
179-2997-01
1
WIRE HARNESS:DESCRETE,CRT ASSY 5,24AGW,5,26
AGW,1 X 4, 0.1 CTR & 1 X 7, RCPT X 1 X 4 & 1 X 7,
9M860
179-2997-01
344-0111-00
343-0298-00
174-3511-01
3
1
1
INSUL,SPREADER:DEFL LEADS,POLYPROPYLENE
STRAP,RETAINING:0.25 DIA CABLE
TK1617
06915
NA
HUC-4
174-3511-01
CA ASSY,SP:DISCRETE,CPD,4,24 AWG, 8.0L,1X7,0.1CTR & 80009
2, 24 AWG, 8.5L X STRAIN RELIEF PCB,
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
-48
-49
346-0133-00
1
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:14.0 X 0.091,NYLON
56501
TY234M EURO DIRECT
PURCH
346-0120-00
346-0120-00
337-4087-01
B041072
B041073
2
1
1
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:5.5 L MIN,PLASTIC,WHITE
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:5.5 L MIN,PLASTIC,WHITE
06383
06383
0J9P9
SST1.5M
SST1.5M
SHIELD,CRT:CRT SHIELD,METAL,1740A/17501/1750
SERIES/WFM601M/WFM601A/WFM601E SERIES,
337-4087-01
-50
-51
-52
-53
-53
-54
-55
-56
334-1379-00
386-6911-00
348-0171-00
343-0916-00
129-1308-00
426-2103-07
211-0720-01
211-0741-00
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
MARKER,IDENT:MKD HI VACUUM
07416
ORDER BY DESCR
1365
SUPPORT, SHIELD:CRT SHIELD SUPPORT,PLASTIC,1740A 7X318
GROMMET,PLASTIC:BLACK,U-SHAPED,0.276 ID
CLAMP,LOOP:0.5 ID,NYLON
80009
34785
348-0171-00
029-500
B041072
B041073
SPACER,POST: 6-32 X 0.75, HEX, STL, CAD PL
FRAME,CHASSIS:SAFETY CONTROLLED
SCREW,MACH:6-32 X 0.50,PNH,STL,TORX T-15 W/SLOT
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.5,NYLON
*ATTACHED PARTS*
80009
0KB01
13764
426-2103-06
211-0720-01
ORDER BY DESCR
210-1011-00
1
WASHER,FLAT:0.13 ID X 0.375 OD X 0.1,NYLON
*END ATTACHED PARTS*
83309
ORDER BY DESCR
1705A Spectrum Monitor
10-5
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
Serial Number
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
12345
Name & Description
Qty
Mfr. Part No.
- 5 7
131-6014-00
1
CA ASSY,CRT:DISCRETE,ANODE LEAD,CRT,1,22
AWG,30KV,UL3239,58MM DIA A NODE X 1.9 L,0.125 LEAD
20093
131-6014-00
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
MANUAL,TECH:INSTR,1705A
070-8222-05
150-0168-00
159-0021-00
161-0216-00
211-0720-00
343-0013-00
1
3
1
1
1
1
80009
070-8222-05
150-0168-00
312 002
LAMP,INCAND:14V,0.08A,WEDGE BASE,T1.75 FOR SKT MT 80009
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,2A,250V,FAST BLOW
CA ASSY,PWR,:3,18 AWG,2.5M L,BLACK
75915
80126
-58
-58
-59
B041072
B041073
C7120-25M-BL
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.75 HEX,STL, CAD PL
B041073
CLAMP,LOOP:0.375 ID,PLASTIC,SAFETY CON-
TROLLED
-60
161-0216-00
B041073
1
CA ASSY,PWR,:3,18 AWG,2.5M L,BLACK
(STANDARD ONLY)
80126
C7120-25M-BL
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
CA ASSY,PWR,:3,0.75MU,2.5MM L,GREY
(EUROPEAN OPTION A1 ONLY)
CA ASSY,PWR:
161-0215-00
161-0066-10
161-0066-11
1
1
1
80009
TK1373
80009
161-0215-00
24230
(UNITED KINGDOM OPTION A2 ONLY)
CA ASSY,PWR:3,1.0MM SQ,250V/10A,2.5 ME-
TER,STR,IEC320,RCPT,AUSTRALIA,SAF CONT
161-0066-11
(AUSTRALIAN OPTION A3 ONLY)
161-0066-12
161-0212-00
1
1
CA ASSY,PWR:3,18 AWG,250V/10A,98
INCH,STR,IEC320,RCPT X NEMA 6-15P,US,SAF CONT
70903
CH-77893
865420000
(NORTH AMERICAN OPTION A4 ONLY)
CA ASSY,PWR:3,1.0MM SQ,220V,2.5 METERS
(SWISS OPTION A5 ONLY)
VIEWING HOOD:
TK1179
016-0475-00
103-0158-00
200-3897-01
- - - - - - - - - -
1
1
1
1
80009
80009
80009
016-0475-00
103-0158-00
200-3897-01
ADAPTER,CONN:BNC FEM TO F SERIES MALE
COVER,FRONT:1700F02,HOT STAMPED
C A M E R A , S C O P E : C 9
(OPTION 20 ONLY)
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
1
1
1
1
1
PLAIN CASE:1700F00
PTD CASE ASSY:1700F02
RACK ADAPTER:1700F05
FILLER PANEL:1700F06
DRAWER,UTILITY:1700F07
10-6
1705A Spectrum Monitor
47
A10
46
50
55
45
44
41
48
49
40
37
38
36
A4
39
43
24
25
51
35
A6
30
34
42
33
31
A5
28
54
29
57
52
32
53
26
6
7
11
23
12
21
A1
22
4
27
1
60
18
3
20
56
13
58
2
14
59
16
A3
10
15
8
5
9
19
17
A2
A3A1
1705A Spectrum Monitor
Test Equipment Depot - 800.517.8431 - 99 Washington Street Melrose, MA 02176 - FAX 781.665.0780 - TestEquipmentDepot.com
|